byte-run.el (eval-when-compile), cc-defs.el (cc-eval-when-compile): Fix edebug spec...
[emacs/old-mirror.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob62015a04b85bc9fc471234f8a7c2ca2b345e764e
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (20998 4934
69 ;;;;;; 952905 0))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (20709 26818
89 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21024 28968
100 ;;;;;; 738399 0))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (20992 52525 458637
112 ;;;;;; 0))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21032 23080
242 ;;;;;; 765139 0))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
304 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
306 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
307 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
308 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
309 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
310 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
311 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
312 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
313 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
314 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
315 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
316 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
317 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
318 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
319 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
320 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
321 definition will always be cached for later usage.
323 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
325 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
326 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
327 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
329 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
330 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
331 BODY...)
333 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
334 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
335 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
336 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
337 see also `ad-add-advice'.
338 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
339 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
340 before/around/after-advices will be used.
341 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
342 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
343 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
344 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
345 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
346 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
348 Semantics of the various flags:
349 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
350 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
351 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
353 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
354 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
356 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
357 advised function should be compiled.
359 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
360 during activation until somebody enables it.
362 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
363 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
364 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
365 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
367 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
368 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
369 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
370 BODY...)
372 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
374 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
376 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
378 ;;;***
380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21012 37798 962028 0))
381 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
383 (autoload 'align "align" "\
384 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
385 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
386 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
387 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
388 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
389 rule's `separate' attribute).
391 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
392 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
393 `separate' attribute set.
395 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
396 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
397 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
398 on the format of these lists.
400 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
402 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
403 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
404 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
405 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
407 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
408 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
410 Fred (123) 456-7890
411 Alice (123) 456-7890
412 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
413 Joe (123) 456-7890
415 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
416 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
417 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
419 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
420 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
421 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
422 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
423 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
425 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
426 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
427 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
428 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
429 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
430 throughout the line.
432 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
434 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
435 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
437 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
438 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
440 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
442 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
443 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
444 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
445 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
446 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
447 align that section.
449 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
451 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
452 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
453 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
454 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
455 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
456 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
457 been used to align that section.
459 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
461 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
462 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
463 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
464 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
465 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
466 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
467 to be colored.
469 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
471 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
472 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
474 \(fn)" t nil)
476 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
477 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
479 \(fn)" t nil)
481 ;;;***
483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (20996 49577 892030 0))
484 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
485 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
487 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
488 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
490 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
492 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
494 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
495 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
497 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
498 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
500 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
501 `allout-auto-activation'.
503 \(fn)" nil nil)
505 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
506 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
508 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
509 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
510 file variable `allout-layout'.
512 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
513 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
514 specified layout is applied.
516 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
517 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
519 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
520 Auto-layout is not.
522 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
524 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
526 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
530 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
532 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
538 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
540 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
542 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
544 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
546 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
548 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
550 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
552 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
554 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
556 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
558 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
559 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
561 \(fn)" nil t)
563 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
564 Toggle Allout outline mode.
565 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
566 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
567 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
569 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
570 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
571 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
572 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
573 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
574 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
575 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
576 outline.)
578 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
580 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
581 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
582 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
583 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
584 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
585 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
586 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
587 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
589 and many other features.
591 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
592 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
593 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
594 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
595 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
597 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
598 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
599 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
600 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
601 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
602 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
603 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
604 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
605 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
606 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
608 Exposure Control:
609 ----------------
610 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
611 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
612 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
613 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
614 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
616 Navigation:
617 ----------
618 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
619 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
620 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
621 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
622 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
623 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
624 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
625 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
626 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
627 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
630 Topic Header Production:
631 -----------------------
632 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
633 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
634 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
636 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
637 ---------------------------------
638 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
639 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
640 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
641 current topic
642 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
643 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
644 are alternated according to nesting depth.
645 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
646 the offspring are not affected.
647 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
649 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
650 ----------------------------------
651 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
652 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
653 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
654 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
655 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
656 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
657 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
658 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
660 Topic-oriented Encryption:
661 -------------------------
662 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
663 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
665 Misc commands:
666 -------------
667 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
668 and establish a default file-var setting
669 for `allout-layout'.
670 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
671 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
673 buffer with name derived from derived from that
674 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
675 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
676 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
677 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
678 format.
679 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
680 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
681 auto-activation.
683 Topic Encryption
685 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
686 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
687 pending encryption on save.
689 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
690 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
691 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
692 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
693 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
695 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
696 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
697 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
698 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
699 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
700 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
701 signal.
703 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
704 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
705 for details.
707 HOT-SPOT Operation
709 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
710 navigation and exposure control.
712 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
713 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
714 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
715 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
716 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
718 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
719 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
720 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
721 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
722 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
724 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
725 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
726 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
727 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
728 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
729 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
730 at the beginning of the current entry.
732 Extending Allout
734 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
735 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
736 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
738 `allout-mode-hook'
739 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
740 `allout-mode-off-hook'
741 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
742 `allout-structure-added-functions'
743 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
744 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
745 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
746 `allout-post-undo-hook'
748 Terminology
750 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
752 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
753 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
754 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
755 CURRENT ITEM:
756 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
757 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
758 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
759 called the:
760 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
762 ANCESTORS:
763 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
764 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
765 of the ITEM.
766 OFFSPRING:
767 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
768 SUBTOPIC:
769 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
770 CHILD:
771 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
772 SIBLINGS:
773 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
775 Topic text constituents:
777 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
778 text.
779 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
780 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
781 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
782 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
783 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
784 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
785 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
786 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
787 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
788 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
789 the PREFIX.
791 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
792 of the ITEM.
793 PREFIX-LEAD:
794 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
795 It can be customized by changing the setting of
796 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
798 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
799 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
800 program code without interfering with processing of the text
801 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
802 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
803 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
804 docstring for more detail.
805 PREFIX-PADDING:
806 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
807 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
808 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
809 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
810 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
811 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
812 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
813 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
814 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
815 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
816 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
817 more details.
818 EXPOSURE:
819 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
820 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
821 CONCEALED:
822 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
823 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
825 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
826 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
827 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
831 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
833 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
834 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
836 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
837 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
841 ;;;***
843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21124
844 ;;;;;; 45367 88860 0))
845 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
846 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
848 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
849 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
851 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
853 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
855 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
856 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
858 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
859 visiting an outline.
861 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
862 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
864 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
865 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
866 you want allout widgets operation.
868 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
870 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
872 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
874 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
875 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
876 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
877 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
878 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
880 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
881 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
882 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
884 The graphics include:
886 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
888 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
889 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
891 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
892 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
894 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
895 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
896 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
900 ;;;***
902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21032 23080 765139
903 ;;;;;; 0))
904 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
906 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
908 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
909 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
910 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
911 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
912 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
913 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
915 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
917 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
920 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
922 ;;;***
924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (20709 26818 907104
925 ;;;;;; 0))
926 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
928 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
929 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
930 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
931 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
932 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
933 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
934 in the current window.
936 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
938 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
939 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
940 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
941 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
942 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
943 buffer if one does not exist.
945 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
947 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
948 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
949 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
950 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
951 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
953 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
955 ;;;***
957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21086 26537 509049
958 ;;;;;; 0))
959 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
960 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
962 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
963 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
965 \(fn)" t nil)
967 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
968 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
970 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
971 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
972 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
973 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
975 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
976 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
978 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
980 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
982 ;;;***
984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21022
985 ;;;;;; 34805 522289 827000))
986 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
987 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
989 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
990 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
991 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
992 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
993 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
994 \\[yank].
996 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
997 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
998 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
999 the rules.
1001 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1002 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1003 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1004 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1006 \(fn)" t nil)
1008 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1009 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1011 \(fn)" t nil)
1013 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1014 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1015 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1017 \(fn)" nil nil)
1019 ;;;***
1021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (20992 52525 458637
1022 ;;;;;; 0))
1023 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1025 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1026 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1027 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1028 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1029 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1030 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1032 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1034 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1035 Toggle checking of appointments.
1036 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1037 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1041 ;;;***
1043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (20991 31656 363459
1044 ;;;;;; 0))
1045 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1047 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1048 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1049 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1050 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1052 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1053 kind of objects to search.
1055 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1057 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1058 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1059 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1060 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1061 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1062 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1064 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1065 variables, not just user options.
1067 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1069 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1070 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1071 When DO-NOT-ALL is not-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1072 like `apropos-user-option'.
1074 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1076 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1078 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1079 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1080 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1081 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1082 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1083 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1085 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1086 noninteractive functions.
1088 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1089 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1091 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1092 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1094 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1096 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1097 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1099 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1101 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1102 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1103 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1104 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1106 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1107 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1108 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1109 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1111 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1112 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1114 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1116 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1118 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1119 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1120 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1121 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1122 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1124 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1126 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1127 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1128 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1129 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1130 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1131 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1133 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1134 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1135 names and values of properties.
1137 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1139 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1141 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1142 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1143 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1144 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1145 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1146 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1148 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1149 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1150 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1151 documentation strings.
1153 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1155 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1157 ;;;***
1159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21123 58191 550148
1160 ;;;;;; 88000))
1161 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1163 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1164 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1165 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1166 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1167 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1168 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1170 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1171 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1172 archive.
1174 \\{archive-mode-map}
1176 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1178 ;;;***
1180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
1181 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1183 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1184 Major mode for editing arrays.
1186 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1187 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1188 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1190 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1192 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1193 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1194 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1196 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1197 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1198 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1199 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1200 The variables are:
1202 Variables you assign:
1203 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1204 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1205 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1206 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1207 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1208 row numbers in the buffer.
1210 Variables which are calculated:
1211 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1212 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1214 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1215 take a numeric prefix argument):
1217 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1218 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1219 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1220 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1222 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1223 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1224 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1225 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1227 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1228 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1229 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1230 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1232 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1233 between that of point and mark.
1235 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1236 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1238 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1239 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1240 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1241 newlines inside rows)
1243 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1245 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1247 \(fn)" t nil)
1249 ;;;***
1251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20891 18859
1252 ;;;;;; 893295 0))
1253 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1254 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1256 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1257 Toggle Artist mode.
1258 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1259 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1260 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1262 How to quit Artist mode
1264 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1267 How to submit a bug report
1269 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1272 Drawing with the mouse:
1274 mouse-2
1275 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1276 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1277 below).
1279 mouse-1
1280 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1281 or pastes:
1283 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1286 to new point
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1303 lines
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309 Paste Paste Paste
1310 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1312 --------------------------------------------------------------
1314 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1315 or diagonally.
1317 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1318 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1319 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1320 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1321 poly-lines.
1323 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1324 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1325 overwrite means the opposite.
1327 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1328 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1329 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1331 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1333 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1334 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1336 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1337 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1338 are currently drawing something.
1340 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1341 some time to fill.
1344 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1345 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1348 Settings
1350 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1352 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1354 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1356 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1358 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1359 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1361 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1364 Drawing with keys
1366 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1367 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1368 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1369 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1370 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1371 When pasting: Pastes
1373 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1375 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1377 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1378 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1379 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1380 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1381 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1382 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1385 Arrows
1387 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1388 of the line/poly-line
1390 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1391 of the line/poly-line
1394 Selecting operation
1396 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1398 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1399 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1401 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1402 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1403 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1405 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1406 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1407 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1408 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1409 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1410 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1411 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1413 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1414 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1415 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1417 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1420 Variables
1422 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1423 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1425 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1426 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1427 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1428 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1429 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1430 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1431 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1432 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1433 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1434 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1435 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1436 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1437 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1438 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1439 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1440 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1441 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1442 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1443 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1445 Hooks
1447 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1450 Keymap summary
1452 \\{artist-mode-map}
1454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1456 ;;;***
1458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20709 26818
1459 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
1460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1462 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1463 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1464 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1466 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1467 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1468 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1469 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1471 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1472 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1474 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1475 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1477 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1479 Special commands:
1480 \\{asm-mode-map}
1482 \(fn)" t nil)
1484 ;;;***
1486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (20953
1487 ;;;;;; 16424 151515 0))
1488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1490 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1491 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1492 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1493 let-binding.")
1495 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1497 ;;;***
1499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21056 5418 85093 0))
1500 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1502 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1503 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1504 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1506 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1508 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1509 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1510 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1511 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1512 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1514 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1515 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1516 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1517 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1518 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1519 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1520 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1521 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1523 For example:
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1525 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1526 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1527 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1528 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1530 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1534 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1535 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1536 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1537 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1538 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1539 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1541 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1543 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1544 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1545 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1546 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1547 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1549 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1550 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1551 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1553 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1557 ;;;***
1559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21116 51266
1560 ;;;;;; 54795 0))
1561 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1563 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1564 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1566 \(fn)" t nil)
1568 ;;;***
1570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21056 5418 85093
1571 ;;;;;; 0))
1572 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1574 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1575 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1576 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1578 \(fn)" t nil)
1580 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1581 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1582 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1583 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1585 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1587 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1588 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1589 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1590 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1591 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1592 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1594 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1596 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1597 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1598 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1599 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1600 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1602 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1603 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1607 ;;;***
1609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21105
1610 ;;;;;; 27518 41539 966000))
1611 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1615 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1653 should be non-nil).
1655 \(fn)" nil nil)
1657 ;;;***
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21041 38058 75002
1660 ;;;;;; 0))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1671 disk changes.
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1685 \(fn)" nil nil)
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1713 \(fn)" nil nil)
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1746 ;;;***
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21028 26023 305371 0))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1778 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1780 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1781 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1782 definition of \"random distance\".)
1784 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1786 ;;;***
1788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21024 28968
1789 ;;;;;; 738399 0))
1790 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1792 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1794 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1795 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1797 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1798 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1799 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1801 \\{bat-mode-map}
1803 \(fn)" t nil)
1805 ;;;***
1807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21096 9821 480125 690000))
1808 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1809 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1811 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1812 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1813 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1814 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1816 \(fn)" t nil)
1818 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1819 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1820 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1821 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1822 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1823 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1825 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1827 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1828 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1829 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1830 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1831 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1833 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1834 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1835 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1836 seconds.
1838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1840 ;;;***
1842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20709
1843 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
1844 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1846 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1847 Time execution of FORMS.
1848 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1849 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1850 FORMS once.
1851 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1852 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1853 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1855 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1857 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1859 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1860 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1861 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1862 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1863 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1865 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1867 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1869 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1870 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1871 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1872 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1873 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1875 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1877 ;;;***
1879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21036 20141
1880 ;;;;;; 396718 0))
1881 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1883 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1884 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1885 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1886 of corresponding buffers.
1887 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1888 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1889 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1890 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1891 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1893 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1894 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1895 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1897 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1899 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1900 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1902 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1904 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1905 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1906 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1907 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1909 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1910 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1911 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1912 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1913 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1915 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1916 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1919 Special information:
1921 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1923 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1924 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1925 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1926 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1927 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1928 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1929 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1931 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1932 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1933 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1935 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1936 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1937 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1938 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1939 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1940 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1941 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1942 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1944 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1946 ----------------------------------------------------------
1947 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1948 if that value is non-nil.
1950 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1952 \(fn)" t nil)
1954 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1955 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1956 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1957 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1958 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1959 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1960 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1961 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1962 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1963 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1964 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1965 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1967 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1969 ;;;***
1971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1972 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
1973 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1975 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1976 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1978 \(fn)" t nil)
1980 ;;;***
1982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (20709 26818 907104
1983 ;;;;;; 0))
1984 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1986 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1987 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1989 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1990 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1991 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1993 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1995 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1996 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1998 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2000 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2001 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2003 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2005 ;;;***
2007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21040 17194
2008 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
2009 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2011 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2012 Play blackbox.
2013 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2015 What is blackbox?
2017 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2018 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2019 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2020 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2021 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2022 your score.
2024 Overview of play:
2026 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2027 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2028 four.
2030 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2031 movement keys.
2033 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2034 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2036 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2037 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2039 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2040 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2041 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2042 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2043 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2044 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2046 Details:
2048 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2050 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2051 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2052 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2053 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2055 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2056 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2057 denoted by the letter `R'.
2059 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2060 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2061 denoted by the letter `H'.
2063 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2064 example.
2066 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2067 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2068 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2069 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2070 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2071 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2072 ray.
2074 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2075 degree deflection it causes.
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2080 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2081 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2085 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2088 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2089 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2092 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2101 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2102 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2103 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2104 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2105 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2106 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2107 emerging from the box.
2109 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2116 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2118 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2120 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2121 a reflection.
2123 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2125 ;;;***
2127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21040 17194 398147
2128 ;;;;;; 0))
2129 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2132 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2134 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2135 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2136 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2137 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2138 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2139 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2140 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2142 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2143 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2144 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2146 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2147 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2148 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2149 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2150 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2151 recent one.
2153 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2154 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2155 yank successive words.
2157 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2158 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2159 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2160 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2161 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2163 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2164 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2165 the list of bookmarks.)
2167 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2169 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2170 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2171 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2172 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2173 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2174 this.
2176 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2177 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2178 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2179 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2181 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2182 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2184 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2185 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2186 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2188 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2190 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2191 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2193 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2195 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2196 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2198 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2199 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2200 after a bookmark was set in it.
2202 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2204 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2205 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2207 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2208 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2210 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2212 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2214 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2215 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2216 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2217 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2219 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2220 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2221 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2223 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2224 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2225 name.
2227 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2229 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2230 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2231 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2233 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2234 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2235 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2236 this.
2238 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2240 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2241 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2243 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2244 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2245 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2246 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2247 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2248 probably because we were called from there.
2250 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2252 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2253 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2254 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2256 \(fn)" t nil)
2258 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2259 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2260 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2261 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2262 \(second argument).
2264 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2265 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2266 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2267 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2268 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2270 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2271 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2272 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2273 `bookmark-default-file'.
2275 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2277 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2278 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2279 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2280 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2281 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2282 while loading.
2284 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2285 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2286 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2287 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2288 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2289 explicitly.
2291 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2292 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2293 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2294 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2296 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2298 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2299 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2300 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2301 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2302 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2304 \(fn)" t nil)
2306 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2308 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2310 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2311 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2313 \(fn)" t nil)
2315 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2317 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2319 ;;;***
2321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21032 23080
2322 ;;;;;; 765139 0))
2323 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2325 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2326 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2327 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2328 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2330 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2331 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2332 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2333 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2334 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2336 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2338 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2339 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2340 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2341 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2342 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2343 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2345 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2347 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2348 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2349 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2350 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2351 narrowed.
2353 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2355 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2356 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2358 \(fn)" t nil)
2360 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2361 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2363 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2365 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2366 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2367 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2368 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2369 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2370 first, if that exists.
2372 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2374 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2375 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2376 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2377 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2381 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2382 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2383 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2384 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2385 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2386 to use.
2388 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2390 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2391 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2392 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2393 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2395 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2397 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2398 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2399 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2400 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2402 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2403 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2404 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2405 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2407 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2408 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2409 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2411 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2412 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2414 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2416 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2417 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2418 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2419 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2421 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2422 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2423 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2424 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2426 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2427 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2428 new tab in an existing window instead.
2430 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2431 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2433 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2435 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2436 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2437 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2438 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2439 Firefox.
2441 When called interactively, if variable
2442 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2443 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2444 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2445 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2447 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2448 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2449 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2451 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2452 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2454 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2455 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2456 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2457 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2458 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2459 URL in a new window.
2461 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2463 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2464 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2465 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2466 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2467 Chromium.
2469 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2471 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2472 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2473 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2474 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2476 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2477 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2478 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2479 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2481 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2482 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2483 new tab in an existing window instead.
2485 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2486 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2488 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2490 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2491 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2493 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2495 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2496 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2497 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2498 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2500 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2501 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2502 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2503 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2505 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2506 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2508 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2510 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2511 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2513 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2514 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2515 program is invoked according to the variable
2516 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2518 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2519 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2520 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2521 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2523 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2524 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2526 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2528 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2529 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2530 Default to the URL around or before point.
2532 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2533 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2534 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2536 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2537 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2538 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2539 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2541 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2542 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2544 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2546 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2547 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2548 Default to the URL around or before point.
2550 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2551 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2552 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2554 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2555 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2557 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2559 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2560 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2561 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2562 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2564 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2566 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2567 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2568 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2569 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2570 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2571 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2573 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2575 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2576 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2577 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2578 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2579 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2581 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2582 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2583 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2584 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2586 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2587 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2589 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2591 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2592 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2593 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2594 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2595 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2596 current one.
2598 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2599 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2600 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2601 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2603 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2604 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2606 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2608 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2609 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2610 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2611 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2612 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2613 don't offer a form of remote control.
2615 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2617 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2618 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2619 Default to the URL around or before point.
2621 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2623 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2624 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2625 Default to the URL around the point.
2627 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2628 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2630 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2631 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2633 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2635 ;;;***
2637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
2638 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2639 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2641 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2642 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2643 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2644 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2646 \(fn)" t nil)
2648 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2649 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2650 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2651 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2653 \(fn)" t nil)
2655 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2656 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2658 \(fn)" t nil)
2660 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2661 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2662 \\<bs-mode-map>
2663 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2664 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2665 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2666 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2668 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2669 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2670 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2671 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2672 name of buffer configuration.
2674 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2676 ;;;***
2678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21041 38058 75002
2679 ;;;;;; 0))
2680 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2682 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2683 Play Bubbles game.
2684 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2685 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2686 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2687 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2688 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2689 columns on its right towards the left.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2692 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2693 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2694 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2696 \(fn)" t nil)
2698 ;;;***
2700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2701 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
2702 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2704 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2706 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2707 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2708 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2709 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2710 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2714 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2715 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2719 ;;;***
2721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21145
2722 ;;;;;; 51520 109004 0))
2723 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2724 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2725 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2726 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2728 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2730 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2731 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2732 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2733 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2734 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2735 else the global value will be modified.
2737 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2739 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2740 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2741 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2742 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2743 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2744 else the global value will be modified.
2746 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2748 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2749 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2750 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2752 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2754 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2755 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2756 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2757 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2759 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2760 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2761 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2762 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2763 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2764 before scanning it.
2766 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2767 that already has a `.elc' file.
2769 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2770 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2772 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2773 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2774 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2775 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2776 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2777 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2779 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2781 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2782 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2783 Print the result in the echo area.
2784 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2788 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2789 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2790 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2792 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2794 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2795 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2796 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2797 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2798 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2799 all functions called by those functions.
2801 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2802 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2803 cons, etc.).
2805 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2806 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2807 invoked interactively.
2809 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2811 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2812 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2813 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2814 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2816 \(fn)" nil nil)
2818 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2819 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2820 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2821 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2822 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2823 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2824 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2825 already up-to-date.
2827 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2829 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2830 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2831 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2832 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2834 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2835 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2836 and corresponding effects.
2838 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2840 ;;;***
2842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21023
2843 ;;;;;; 8104 618865 0))
2844 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2846 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2848 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2850 ;;;***
2852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20709 26818
2853 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
2854 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2856 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2858 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2860 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2862 ;;;***
2864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (20709
2865 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
2866 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2868 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2869 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2870 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2871 from the cursor position.
2873 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2875 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2877 ;;;***
2879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21128 42425 434886 0))
2880 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2881 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2883 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2884 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2888 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2889 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2891 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2893 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2894 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2896 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2898 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2899 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2901 \(fn)" t nil)
2903 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2904 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2905 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2906 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2908 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2910 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2911 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2912 This is most useful in the X window system.
2913 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2914 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2916 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2918 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2919 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2920 See calc-keypad for details.
2922 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2924 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2925 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2927 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2929 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2930 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2932 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2934 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2935 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2937 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2939 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2940 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2941 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2943 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2945 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2946 Define Calc function.
2948 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2949 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2950 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2952 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2953 actual Lisp function name.
2955 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2957 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2959 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2961 ;;;***
2963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20709 26818
2964 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
2965 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2967 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2970 \(fn N)" t nil)
2972 ;;;***
2974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21031 2230 839140
2975 ;;;;;; 0))
2976 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2978 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2979 Run the Emacs calculator.
2980 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2982 \(fn)" t nil)
2984 ;;;***
2986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20993 36675
2987 ;;;;;; 840108 928000))
2988 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2990 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2991 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2992 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2993 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2994 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2995 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2997 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2998 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2999 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3000 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3001 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3002 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3003 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3004 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3005 window.
3007 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3008 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3010 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3011 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3012 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3013 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3014 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3015 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3017 Runs the following hooks:
3019 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3020 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3021 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3022 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3024 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3028 ;;;***
3030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (20709 26818 907104
3031 ;;;;;; 0))
3032 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3034 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3035 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3037 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3039 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3040 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3041 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3042 it fails.
3044 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3046 ;;;***
3048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (20709
3049 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
3050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3052 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3053 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3054 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3055 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3056 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3058 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3059 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3060 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3061 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3062 restriction to ASCII.
3064 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3066 capitalizedWorDD
3067 ^ ^ ^^
3069 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3070 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3071 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3073 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3074 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3075 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3076 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3077 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3078 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3079 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3081 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3082 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3086 ;;;***
3088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20709
3089 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
3090 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3091 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3093 ;;;***
3095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21102
3096 ;;;;;; 14759 136845 0))
3097 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3099 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3100 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3102 \(fn)" nil nil)
3104 ;;;***
3106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20709 26818
3107 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
3108 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3110 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3111 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3113 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3114 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3116 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3117 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3119 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3121 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3122 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3123 made from scratch.
3125 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3127 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3128 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3130 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3131 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3132 made from scratch.
3134 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3136 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3137 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3139 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3141 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3142 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3143 made from scratch.
3145 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3147 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3148 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3150 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3151 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3152 made from scratch.
3154 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3156 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3157 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3159 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3161 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3162 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3163 made from scratch.
3165 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3167 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3168 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3170 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3171 variables are guessed:
3173 * `c-basic-offset', and
3174 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3175 `c-offsets-alist'.
3177 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3178 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3180 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3181 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3183 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3184 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3185 guess is made from scratch.
3187 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3188 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3190 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3192 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3193 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3194 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3195 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3197 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3198 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3199 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3201 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3203 ;;;***
3205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21040 17194
3206 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
3207 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3209 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3210 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3211 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3212 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3213 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3214 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3215 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3217 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3218 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3219 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3220 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3221 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3222 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3223 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3224 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3225 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3227 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3228 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3229 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3230 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3231 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3232 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3234 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3236 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3237 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3239 Key bindings:
3240 \\{c-mode-map}
3242 \(fn)" t nil)
3244 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3245 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3246 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3247 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3248 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3249 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3250 message.
3252 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3254 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3255 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3257 Key bindings:
3258 \\{c++-mode-map}
3260 \(fn)" t nil)
3261 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3263 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3264 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3265 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3266 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3267 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3268 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3269 message.
3271 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3273 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3274 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3276 Key bindings:
3277 \\{objc-mode-map}
3279 \(fn)" t nil)
3280 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3282 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3283 Major mode for editing Java code.
3284 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3285 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3286 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3287 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3288 message.
3290 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3292 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3293 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3295 Key bindings:
3296 \\{java-mode-map}
3298 \(fn)" t nil)
3299 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3301 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3302 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3303 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3304 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3305 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3306 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3307 message.
3309 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3311 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3312 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3314 Key bindings:
3315 \\{idl-mode-map}
3317 \(fn)" t nil)
3318 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3319 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3321 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3322 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3323 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3324 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3325 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3326 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3327 message.
3329 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3331 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3332 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3334 Key bindings:
3335 \\{pike-mode-map}
3337 \(fn)" t nil)
3338 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3339 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3340 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3341 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3342 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3344 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3345 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3346 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3347 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3348 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3349 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3351 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3353 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3354 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3356 Key bindings:
3357 \\{awk-mode-map}
3359 \(fn)" t nil)
3361 ;;;***
3363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20709
3364 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
3365 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3367 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3368 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3369 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3370 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3372 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3374 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3375 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3376 might get set too.
3378 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3379 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3380 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3381 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3382 in this way.
3384 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3385 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3386 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3387 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3388 a null operation.
3390 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3392 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3393 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3394 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3395 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3397 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3399 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3400 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3401 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3403 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3405 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3406 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3407 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3408 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3409 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3411 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3413 ;;;***
3415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20907 7082
3416 ;;;;;; 901087 0))
3417 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3418 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3419 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3420 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3422 ;;;***
3424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (20884 7264 412929
3425 ;;;;;; 442000))
3426 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3428 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3429 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3431 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3433 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3434 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3436 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3438 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3439 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3441 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3442 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3443 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3444 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3445 execution.
3447 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3449 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3451 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3452 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3454 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3455 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3456 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3457 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3459 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3460 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3461 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3462 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3463 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3464 `write' commands.
3466 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3467 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3468 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3469 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3471 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3472 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3473 semantics.
3475 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3477 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3479 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3481 STATEMENT :=
3482 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3483 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3485 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3486 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3487 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3488 | integer
3490 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3492 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3493 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3494 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3496 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3497 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3498 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3500 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3501 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3503 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3504 BREAK := (break)
3506 REPEAT :=
3507 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3508 (repeat)
3509 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3510 ;; (repeat))
3511 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3512 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3513 ;; (read REG)
3514 ;; (repeat))
3515 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3516 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3517 ;; (read REG)
3518 ;; (repeat))
3519 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3521 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3522 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3523 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3524 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3525 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3526 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3527 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3528 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3529 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3530 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3531 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3532 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3533 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3534 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3535 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3536 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3538 WRITE :=
3539 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3540 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3541 ;; representation.
3542 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3543 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3544 ;; (write r7))
3545 | (write EXPRESSION)
3546 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3547 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3548 ;; representation.
3549 | (write integer)
3550 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3551 ;; buffer.
3552 | (write string)
3553 ;; Same as: (write string)
3554 | string
3555 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3556 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3557 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3558 ;; representation.
3559 | (write REG ARRAY)
3560 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3561 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3562 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3563 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3564 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3565 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3567 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3568 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3570 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3571 END := (end)
3573 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3574 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3575 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3577 ARG := REG | integer
3579 OPERATOR :=
3580 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3581 + | - | * | / | %
3583 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3584 | & | `|' | ^
3586 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3587 | << | >>
3589 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3590 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3591 | <8
3593 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3594 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3595 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3596 | >8
3598 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3599 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3600 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3601 | //
3603 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3604 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3606 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3607 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3608 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3609 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3610 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3611 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3612 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3613 | de-sjis
3615 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3616 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3617 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3618 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3619 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3620 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3621 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3622 ;; byte of SJIS.
3623 | en-sjis
3625 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3626 ;; Same meaning as C code
3627 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3629 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3630 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3631 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3632 | <8=
3634 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3635 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3636 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3638 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3639 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3640 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3641 | //=
3643 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3646 TRANSLATE :=
3647 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3648 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3649 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3650 LOOKUP :=
3651 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3652 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3653 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3654 MAP :=
3655 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3656 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3657 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3658 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3659 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3660 MAP-ID := integer
3662 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3664 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3666 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3667 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3668 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3669 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3670 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3671 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3673 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3675 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3676 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3677 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3679 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3681 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3683 ;;;***
3685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21120 48308
3686 ;;;;;; 922449 0))
3687 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3689 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3690 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3691 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3692 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3694 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3696 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3698 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3699 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3701 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3703 ;;;***
3705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (20983 37555 279226
3706 ;;;;;; 0))
3707 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3708 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3710 ;;;***
3712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21128 42425
3713 ;;;;;; 434886 0))
3714 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3715 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3717 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3718 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3719 There are no special keybindings by default.
3721 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3722 to the action header.
3724 \(fn)" t nil)
3726 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3727 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3728 There are no special keybindings by default.
3730 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3731 to the action header.
3733 \(fn)" t nil)
3735 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3736 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3737 on the buffer contents
3739 \(fn)" nil nil)
3741 ;;;***
3743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21049 14338
3744 ;;;;;; 391345 0))
3745 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3746 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3748 ;;;***
3750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3751 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
3752 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3754 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3755 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3756 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3758 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3760 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3761 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3762 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3764 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3766 ;;;***
3768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20996
3769 ;;;;;; 49577 892030 0))
3770 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3771 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3772 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3773 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3774 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3775 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3776 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3777 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3778 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3779 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3781 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3784 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3785 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3786 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3788 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3789 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3790 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3791 the users will view as each check is completed.
3793 \(fn)" t nil)
3795 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3796 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3797 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3798 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3799 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3800 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3801 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3802 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3804 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3806 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3807 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3808 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3809 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3810 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3811 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3812 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3813 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3815 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3817 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3818 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3819 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3820 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3821 spacing are all verified.
3823 \(fn)" t nil)
3825 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3826 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3827 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3828 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3829 otherwise stop after the first error.
3831 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3833 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3834 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3835 Only documentation strings are checked.
3836 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3837 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3838 a separate buffer.
3840 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3842 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3843 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3844 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3845 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3846 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3848 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3850 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3851 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3852 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3853 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3854 if there is one.
3856 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3858 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3859 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3860 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3861 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3862 if there is one.
3863 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3865 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3867 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3868 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3869 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3871 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3873 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3874 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3875 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3876 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3877 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3879 \(fn)" t nil)
3881 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3882 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3883 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3884 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3885 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3886 space at the end of each line.
3888 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3890 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3891 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3892 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3893 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3895 \(fn)" t nil)
3897 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3898 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3899 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3900 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3902 \(fn)" t nil)
3904 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3905 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3906 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3907 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3909 \(fn)" t nil)
3911 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3912 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3913 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3914 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3916 \(fn)" t nil)
3918 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3919 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3920 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3921 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3923 \(fn)" t nil)
3925 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3926 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3927 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3928 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3930 \(fn)" t nil)
3932 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3933 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3934 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3935 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3937 \(fn)" t nil)
3939 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3940 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3941 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3942 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3944 \(fn)" t nil)
3946 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3947 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3948 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3949 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3951 \(fn)" t nil)
3953 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3954 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3955 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3956 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3957 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3959 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3960 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3961 checking of documentation strings.
3963 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3967 ;;;***
3969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (20799
3970 ;;;;;; 169 640767 0))
3971 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3973 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3974 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3975 Return the length of resulting text.
3977 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3979 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3980 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3982 \(fn)" t nil)
3984 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3985 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3986 Return the length of resulting text.
3988 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3990 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3991 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3993 \(fn)" t nil)
3995 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3998 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4000 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4003 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4005 ;;;***
4007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21040 17194 398147
4008 ;;;;;; 0))
4009 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4011 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4012 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4013 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4014 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4015 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4016 editing and the result is evaluated.
4018 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4020 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4021 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4022 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4023 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4024 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4026 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4028 \(fn)" t nil)
4030 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4031 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4032 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4033 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4034 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4036 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4037 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4038 \\{command-history-map}
4040 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4041 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4043 \(fn)" t nil)
4045 ;;;***
4047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21112
4048 ;;;;;; 20657 455367 0))
4049 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4051 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4052 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4053 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4054 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4055 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4056 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4057 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4058 of this function.
4060 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4061 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4062 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4063 property are:
4065 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4066 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4068 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4069 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4070 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4071 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4072 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4073 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4074 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4075 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4076 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4077 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4078 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4079 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4081 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4082 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4083 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4085 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4086 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4087 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4088 list elements are:
4090 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4092 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4094 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4096 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4097 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4099 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4100 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4102 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4103 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4104 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4105 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4106 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4107 value specified by their associated list element.
4109 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4111 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4112 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4113 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4115 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4116 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4117 * indent the first argument by 4.
4118 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4119 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4120 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4122 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4124 ;;;***
4126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (20998 4934
4127 ;;;;;; 952905 0))
4128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4129 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4131 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4133 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4134 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4135 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4136 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4137 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4138 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4140 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4141 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4143 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4145 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4147 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4149 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4151 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4153 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4155 ;;;***
4157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21082 29482
4158 ;;;;;; 330637 0))
4159 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4161 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4162 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4163 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4164 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4166 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4167 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4168 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4169 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4171 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4172 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4174 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4176 ;;;***
4178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20932 61699 522706
4179 ;;;;;; 0))
4180 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4182 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4183 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4184 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4185 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4186 of `scheme-program-name').
4187 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4188 it is given as initial input.
4189 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4190 discards input when it starts up.
4191 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4192 is run).
4193 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4195 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4197 ;;;***
4199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (20721 17977 14204 0))
4200 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4202 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4203 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4204 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4205 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4207 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4208 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4210 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4211 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4212 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4214 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4216 ;;;***
4218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21145 51520 109004 0))
4219 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4221 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4222 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4223 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4224 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4225 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4226 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4227 functions have already modified the buffer.
4229 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4231 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4232 either globally or locally.")
4234 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4235 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4236 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4237 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4239 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4240 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4241 `start-file-process'
4242 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4243 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4244 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4246 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4247 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4249 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4251 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4253 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4255 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4256 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4257 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4258 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4259 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4260 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4261 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4262 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4263 process as its initial input.
4265 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4267 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4269 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4271 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4272 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4273 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4274 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4275 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4276 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4278 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4280 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4281 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4282 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4283 directory tracking functions.")
4285 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4286 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4287 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4289 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4291 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4293 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4294 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4295 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4297 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4299 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4301 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4302 Send COMMAND to current process.
4303 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4304 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4306 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4308 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4309 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4310 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4311 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4313 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4315 ;;;***
4317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (20992 52525
4318 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
4319 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4321 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4322 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4323 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4324 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4326 This command pushes the mark in each window
4327 at the prior location of point in that window.
4328 If both windows display the same buffer,
4329 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4330 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4332 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4333 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4334 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4335 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4336 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4337 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4338 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4339 ignored.
4341 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4342 this command work in interlaced mode:
4343 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4344 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4345 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4347 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4349 ;;;***
4351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21131 18620
4352 ;;;;;; 480626 0))
4353 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4355 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4356 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4358 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4360 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4361 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4362 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4364 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4366 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4367 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4368 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4370 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4372 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4373 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4374 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4375 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4376 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4378 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4379 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4380 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4381 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4382 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4384 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4385 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4386 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4387 describing how the process finished.")
4389 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4390 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4391 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4392 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4393 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4395 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4396 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4397 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4399 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4401 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4402 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4403 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4404 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4406 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4408 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4409 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4411 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4412 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4414 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4415 (lambda ()
4416 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4417 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4418 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4419 (concat \"make -k \"
4420 (if buffer-file-name
4421 (shell-quote-argument
4422 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4424 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4425 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4427 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4428 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4429 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4430 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4432 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4434 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4435 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4436 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4437 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4439 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4440 and move to the source code that caused it.
4442 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4443 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4445 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4446 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses`compile-command'.
4447 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4448 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4449 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4451 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4452 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4453 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4454 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4456 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4457 kills its subprocesses.
4459 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4460 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4461 to a function that generates a unique name.
4463 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4465 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4466 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4467 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4468 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4470 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4471 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4473 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4474 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4475 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4476 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4478 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4479 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4480 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4482 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4484 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4486 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4487 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4488 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4489 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4490 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4492 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4494 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4496 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4498 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4500 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4501 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4502 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4503 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4504 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4506 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4507 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4508 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4509 See `compilation-mode'.
4511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4513 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4514 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4515 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4516 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4517 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4519 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4520 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4521 `compilation-mode'.
4523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4525 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4526 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4527 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4529 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4531 ;;;***
4533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (20999 25770 522517
4534 ;;;;;; 0))
4535 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4537 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4538 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4539 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4542 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4544 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4546 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4547 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4549 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4550 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4554 ;;;***
4556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (20791
4557 ;;;;;; 9657 561026 0))
4558 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4560 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4561 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4562 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4563 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4564 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4565 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4566 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4568 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4569 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4570 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4572 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4573 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4574 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4576 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4577 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4578 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4579 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4581 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4582 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4583 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4584 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4585 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4586 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4587 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4589 \\{conf-mode-map}
4591 \(fn)" t nil)
4593 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4594 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4595 Comments start with `#'.
4596 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4598 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4600 \[Desktop Entry]
4601 Encoding=UTF-8
4602 Name=The GIMP
4603 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4604 Name[cs]=GIMP
4606 \(fn)" t nil)
4608 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4609 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4610 Comments start with `;'.
4611 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4613 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4615 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4616 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4617 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4619 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4620 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4622 \(fn)" t nil)
4624 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4625 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4626 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4627 between `/*' and `*/'.
4628 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4630 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4631 // another kind of comment
4632 /* yet another */
4634 name:value
4635 name=value
4636 name value
4637 x.1 =
4638 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4639 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4641 \(fn)" t nil)
4643 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4644 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4645 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4646 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4647 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4648 `conf-space-keywords'.
4649 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4650 in an interactive fashion instead.
4652 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4654 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4656 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4657 image/png png
4658 image/tiff tiff tif
4660 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4661 class desktop
4662 # Standard multimedia devices
4663 add /dev/audio desktop
4664 add /dev/mixer desktop
4666 \(fn)" t nil)
4668 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4669 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4670 See `conf-space-mode'.
4672 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4674 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4675 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4676 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4677 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4679 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4681 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4682 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4684 \(fn)" t nil)
4686 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4687 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4688 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4689 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4691 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4693 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4694 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4696 \(fn)" t nil)
4698 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4699 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4700 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4701 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4703 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4705 *background: gray99
4706 *foreground: black
4708 \(fn)" t nil)
4710 ;;;***
4712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20932 61824 204300
4713 ;;;;;; 748000))
4714 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4716 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4717 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4718 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4719 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4720 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4721 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4723 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4725 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4726 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4727 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4728 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4730 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4732 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4733 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4734 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4735 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4737 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4739 ;;;***
4741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21041
4742 ;;;;;; 38058 75002 0))
4743 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4744 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4745 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4746 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4748 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4749 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4750 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4751 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4752 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4753 following the copyright are updated as well.
4754 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4755 interactively.
4757 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4759 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4760 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4761 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4762 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4763 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4765 \(fn)" t nil)
4767 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4768 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4770 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4772 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4773 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4774 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4776 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4778 ;;;***
4780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21111
4781 ;;;;;; 33338 390427 0))
4782 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4783 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4784 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4785 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4786 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4787 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4788 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4789 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4791 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4792 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4793 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4794 Tab indents for Perl code.
4795 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4796 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4798 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4799 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4800 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4801 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4802 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4803 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4804 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4805 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4806 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4807 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4808 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4809 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4811 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4813 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4814 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4816 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4818 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4819 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4820 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4821 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4822 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4823 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4824 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4825 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4826 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4828 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4830 bite if angry;
4832 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4833 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4834 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4835 to nil.)
4837 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4838 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4839 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4841 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4843 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4844 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4845 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4846 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4847 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4849 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4851 if (A) { B }
4853 into
4855 B if A;
4857 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4859 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4860 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4861 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4862 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4863 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4864 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4865 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4866 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4867 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4868 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4869 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4870 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4871 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4873 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4874 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4875 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4876 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4877 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4878 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4880 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4881 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4882 man via menu.
4884 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4885 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4886 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4887 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4888 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4890 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4891 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4892 span the needed amount of lines.
4894 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4895 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4896 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4897 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4899 Variables controlling indentation style:
4900 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4901 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4902 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4903 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4904 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4905 `cperl-auto-newline'
4906 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4907 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4908 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4909 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4910 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4911 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4912 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4913 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4914 `cperl-indent-level'
4915 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4916 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4917 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4918 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4919 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4920 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4921 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4922 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4923 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4924 `cperl-brace-offset'
4925 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4926 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4927 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4928 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4929 `cperl-label-offset'
4930 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4931 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4932 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4934 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4935 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4936 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4937 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4938 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4939 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4941 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4942 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4943 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4944 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4946 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4947 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4948 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4949 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4950 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4951 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4952 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4954 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4955 column 0 is indented on
4956 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4958 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4959 with no args.
4961 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4962 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4963 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4965 \(fn)" t nil)
4967 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4968 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4970 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4972 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4973 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4975 \(fn)" t nil)
4977 ;;;***
4979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (20874 65006 672942
4980 ;;;;;; 217000))
4981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4983 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4984 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4985 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4986 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4987 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4989 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4991 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4992 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4994 \(fn)" t nil)
4996 ;;;***
4998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" (20709 26818 907104
4999 ;;;;;; 0))
5000 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5002 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5003 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5004 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5005 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5007 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5008 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5010 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5012 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5013 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5014 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5015 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5016 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5020 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5022 ;;;***
5024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21034 64808 616539
5025 ;;;;;; 0))
5026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5028 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5029 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5030 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5031 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5033 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5034 a prespecified separator regexp. For example, if the separator
5035 regexp is \",\", the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5036 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5038 The default value for the separator regexp is the value of
5039 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator regexp may be
5040 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5042 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5043 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5044 'bob', and 'eve'.
5046 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5047 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5048 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5050 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings
5051 with empty strings removed.
5053 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5054 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5055 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5057 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5059 ;;;***
5061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21075 56234
5062 ;;;;;; 349623 0))
5063 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5065 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5066 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5068 \(fn)" t nil)
5070 ;;;***
5072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (20992 52525
5073 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
5074 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5076 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5077 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5078 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5079 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5080 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5081 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5083 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5085 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5086 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5087 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5088 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5089 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5091 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5092 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5093 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5094 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5095 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5096 normal function of these prefix keys.
5098 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5099 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5100 options:
5101 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5102 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5103 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5105 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5106 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5107 the prefix fallback behavior.
5109 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5110 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5111 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5112 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5116 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5117 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5119 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5121 ;;;***
5123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21024 28968 738399
5124 ;;;;;; 0))
5125 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5127 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5128 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5130 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5132 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5133 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5135 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5137 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5138 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5140 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5142 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5143 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5145 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5146 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5148 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5149 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5151 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5153 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5155 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5156 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5157 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5159 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5160 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5162 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5163 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5165 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5166 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5168 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5170 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5172 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5173 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5174 Return VALUE.
5176 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5177 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5179 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5180 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5182 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5183 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5185 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5187 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5189 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5190 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5191 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5192 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5194 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5195 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5196 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5198 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5200 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5201 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5202 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5203 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5204 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5206 \(fn)" t nil)
5208 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5209 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5210 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5211 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5213 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5215 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5216 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5217 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5219 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5221 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5222 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5224 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5226 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5228 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5229 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5231 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5233 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5235 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5236 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5237 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5239 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5241 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5242 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5243 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5244 as part of Emacs itself.
5246 Each elements looks like this:
5248 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5250 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5251 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5252 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5253 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5254 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5255 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5256 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5257 and `defface'.
5259 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5261 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5262 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5263 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5264 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5265 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5267 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5268 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5269 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5270 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5272 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5274 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5275 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5276 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5277 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5278 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5279 release.
5281 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5282 that were added or redefined since that version.
5284 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5286 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5287 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5288 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5289 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5291 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5293 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5294 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5296 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5298 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5299 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5300 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5302 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5303 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5305 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5307 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5308 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5310 \(fn)" t nil)
5312 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5313 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5315 \(fn)" t nil)
5317 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5318 Customize all saved options and faces.
5320 \(fn)" t nil)
5322 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5323 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5324 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5325 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5326 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5327 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5329 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5330 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5331 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5333 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5335 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5336 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5338 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5340 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5341 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5343 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5345 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5346 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5348 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5350 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5351 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5352 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5353 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5354 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5355 that option.
5357 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5359 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5360 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5361 The result includes selecting that window.
5362 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5363 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5364 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5365 that option.
5367 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5369 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5370 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5372 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5374 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5375 File used for storing customization information.
5376 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5377 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5378 it should be an absolute file name.
5380 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5381 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5382 something like the following in your init file:
5384 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5385 \(load custom-file)
5387 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5388 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5390 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5391 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5392 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5393 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5394 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5396 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5397 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5398 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5399 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5400 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5401 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5402 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5403 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5404 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5405 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5407 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5409 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5410 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5412 \(fn)" nil nil)
5414 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5415 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5417 \(fn)" t nil)
5419 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5420 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5421 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5423 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5425 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5426 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5427 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5428 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5429 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5431 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5433 ;;;***
5435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20841 12463 538770
5436 ;;;;;; 0))
5437 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5439 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5440 Create or edit a custom theme.
5441 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5442 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5443 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5444 from the Custom save file.
5445 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5446 named *Custom Theme*.
5448 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5450 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5451 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5453 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5455 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5456 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5458 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5460 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5461 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5462 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5463 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5465 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5467 ;;;***
5469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (20709 26818
5470 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
5471 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5473 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5474 Mode used for cvs status output.
5476 \(fn)" t nil)
5478 ;;;***
5480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (20709 26818 907104
5481 ;;;;;; 0))
5482 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5483 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5485 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5486 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5488 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5490 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5491 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5492 C++ modes are included.
5494 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5495 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5496 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5500 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5502 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5503 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5504 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5505 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5506 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5507 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5509 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5511 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5512 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5513 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5514 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5515 ARG is omitted or nil.
5517 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5518 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5519 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5523 ;;;***
5525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (20826
5526 ;;;;;; 45095 436233 0))
5527 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5529 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5530 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5532 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5534 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5535 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5537 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5539 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5540 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5541 For readability, the table is slightly
5542 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5544 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5545 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5546 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5547 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5548 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5550 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5552 ;;;***
5554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (20992 52525 458637
5555 ;;;;;; 0))
5556 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5557 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5558 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5559 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5560 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5562 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5563 Completion on current word.
5564 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5565 and presents suggestions for completion.
5567 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5568 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5569 completions.
5571 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5572 then it searches *all* buffers.
5574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5576 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5577 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5579 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5580 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5581 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5582 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5583 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5585 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5586 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5588 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5589 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5590 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5592 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5593 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5595 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5597 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5599 ;;;***
5601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21040 17194
5602 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
5603 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5605 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5606 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5608 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5610 ;;;***
5612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21032 23080 765139 0))
5613 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5615 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5616 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5617 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5618 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5619 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5621 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5623 ;;;***
5625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20763 30266
5626 ;;;;;; 231060 0))
5627 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5629 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5630 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5632 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5633 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5634 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5636 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5637 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5638 Data lines are not indented.
5640 Key bindings:
5642 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5643 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5645 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5646 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5647 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5648 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5650 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5652 dcl-basic-offset
5653 Extra indentation within blocks.
5655 dcl-continuation-offset
5656 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5658 dcl-margin-offset
5659 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5661 dcl-margin-label-offset
5662 Indentation for a label.
5664 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5665 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5667 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5668 dcl-block-end-regexp
5669 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5670 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5671 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5672 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5673 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5675 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5676 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5677 Two such functions are included in the package:
5678 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5679 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5681 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5682 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5683 One such function is included in the package:
5684 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5686 dcl-tab-always-indent
5687 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5688 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5689 margin.
5691 dcl-electric-characters
5692 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5693 typed.
5695 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5696 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5697 which words trigger electric indentation.
5699 dcl-tempo-comma
5700 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5701 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5702 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5704 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5705 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5706 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5707 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5709 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5710 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5711 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5712 dcl-imenu-label-call
5713 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5715 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5716 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5717 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5718 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5721 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5723 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5724 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5725 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5726 $ i = 1
5727 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5728 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5729 $ label:
5730 $ if i.eq.1
5731 $ then
5732 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5733 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5734 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5735 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5736 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5737 \"lined up with the command line\"
5738 $ type sys$input
5739 Data lines are not indented at all.
5740 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5741 $ endif
5745 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5746 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5748 \(fn)" t nil)
5750 ;;;***
5752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21145 51520
5753 ;;;;;; 109004 0))
5754 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5756 (setq debugger 'debug)
5758 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5759 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5760 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5761 of the evaluator.
5763 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5764 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5765 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5767 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5769 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5770 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5772 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5774 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5775 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5776 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5777 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5778 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5779 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5781 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5782 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5784 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5786 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5787 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5788 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5789 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5790 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5792 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5794 ;;;***
5796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (20709 26818
5797 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
5798 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5800 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5801 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5803 \(fn)" t nil)
5805 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5806 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5807 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5808 Upper-case letters are commands.
5810 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5811 modify it.
5813 The most useful commands are:
5814 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5815 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5816 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5817 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5818 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5819 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5821 \(fn)" t nil)
5823 ;;;***
5825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20709 26818 907104
5826 ;;;;;; 0))
5827 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5828 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5830 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5831 Customization of `columns' group.
5833 \(fn)" t nil)
5835 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5836 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5838 START and END delimits the text region.
5840 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5842 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5843 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5845 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5847 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5849 ;;;***
5851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21104 56491 538513 0))
5852 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5854 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5856 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5857 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5858 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5859 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5860 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5861 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5863 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5865 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5866 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5867 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5868 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5869 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5871 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5872 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5873 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5874 any selection.
5876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5878 ;;;***
5880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20900 33838
5881 ;;;;;; 319219 0))
5882 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5884 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5885 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5887 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5889 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5890 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5891 or nil if there is no parent.
5892 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5893 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5894 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5895 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5896 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5898 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5899 arguments are currently understood:
5900 :group GROUP
5901 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5902 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5903 :syntax-table TABLE
5904 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5905 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5906 :abbrev-table TABLE
5907 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5908 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5910 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5912 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5914 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5915 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5916 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5918 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5919 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5921 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5922 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5923 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5925 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5926 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5928 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5929 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5931 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5933 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5935 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5937 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5938 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5939 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5940 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5941 the first time the mode is used.
5943 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5945 ;;;***
5947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21024 28968 738399
5948 ;;;;;; 0))
5949 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5951 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5952 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5953 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5954 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5955 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5956 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5957 otherwise.
5959 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5961 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5962 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5963 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5964 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5966 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5967 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5968 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5970 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5971 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5972 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5973 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5974 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5975 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5976 relevant to POS.
5978 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5980 ;;;***
5982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21082 29482 330637
5983 ;;;;;; 0))
5984 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5986 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5987 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5988 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5990 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5992 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5993 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5994 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
5995 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
5996 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5998 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5999 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6000 `desktop-read' for details.
6002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6004 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6005 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6006 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6007 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6009 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6011 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6012 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6014 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6015 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6016 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6018 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6019 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6021 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6022 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6023 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6025 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6026 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6027 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6028 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6030 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6032 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6033 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6035 Handlers are called with argument list
6037 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6039 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6041 desktop-file-version
6042 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6043 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6044 desktop-buffer-point
6045 desktop-buffer-mark
6046 desktop-buffer-read-only
6047 desktop-buffer-locals
6049 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6050 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6052 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6053 code like
6055 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6057 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6058 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6060 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6062 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6064 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6065 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6066 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6067 List elements must have the form
6069 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6071 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6072 function.
6074 Handlers are called with argument list
6076 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6078 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6080 desktop-file-version
6081 desktop-buffer-file-name
6082 desktop-buffer-name
6083 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6084 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6085 desktop-buffer-point
6086 desktop-buffer-mark
6087 desktop-buffer-read-only
6088 desktop-buffer-misc
6090 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6091 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6092 created and set.
6094 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6095 code like
6097 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6099 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6100 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6102 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6104 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6106 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6108 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6109 Empty the Desktop.
6110 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6111 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6112 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6113 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6114 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6115 if different).
6117 \(fn)" t nil)
6119 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6120 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6121 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6122 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6123 If AUTO-SAVE is non-nil, compare the saved contents to the one last saved,
6124 and don't save the buffer if they are the same.
6126 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE AUTO-SAVE)" t nil)
6128 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6129 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6130 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6132 \(fn)" t nil)
6134 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6135 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6136 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6137 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6138 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6139 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6140 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6141 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6143 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6145 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6146 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6147 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6149 \(fn)" nil nil)
6151 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6153 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6154 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6155 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6156 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6157 directory DIRNAME.
6159 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6161 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6162 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6164 \(fn)" t nil)
6166 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6167 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6169 \(fn)" t nil)
6171 ;;;***
6173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20791 9657 561026
6174 ;;;;;; 0))
6175 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6177 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6178 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6179 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6180 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6181 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6182 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6184 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6186 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6187 Repair a broken attribution line.
6188 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6190 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6192 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6193 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6194 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6195 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6197 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6199 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6200 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6202 \(fn)" t nil)
6204 ;;;***
6206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20992
6207 ;;;;;; 52525 458637 0))
6208 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6210 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6211 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6212 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6213 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6214 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6218 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6219 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6220 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6221 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6223 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6224 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6225 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6226 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6228 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6229 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6231 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6232 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6233 calendar-date-style 'european
6234 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6236 \(diary-mail-entries)
6238 # diary-rem.el ends here
6240 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6242 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6243 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6245 \(fn)" t nil)
6247 ;;;***
6249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (20760 54070 584283 0))
6250 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6252 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6253 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6255 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6257 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6258 The command to use to run diff.")
6260 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6262 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6263 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6264 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6265 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6266 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6267 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6269 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6270 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6271 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6273 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6275 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6276 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6277 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6278 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6279 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6280 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6282 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6284 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6285 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6287 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6289 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6290 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6291 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6293 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6295 ;;;***
6297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21136 36544
6298 ;;;;;; 158478 0))
6299 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6301 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6302 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6303 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6304 normal diffs.
6306 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6307 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6308 headers for you on-the-fly.
6310 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6311 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6312 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6314 \\{diff-mode-map}
6316 \(fn)" t nil)
6318 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6319 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6320 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6321 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6322 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6324 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6328 ;;;***
6330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6331 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6333 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6334 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6335 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6337 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6339 ;;;***
6341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21105 26139 752484 0))
6342 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6344 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6345 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6346 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6347 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6348 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6349 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6350 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6351 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6353 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6355 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6356 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6357 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6358 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6359 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6360 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6362 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6363 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6364 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6365 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6366 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6367 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6368 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6369 list of files to make directory entries for.
6370 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6371 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6372 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6374 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6376 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6377 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6379 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6380 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6382 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6383 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6385 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6386 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6388 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6390 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6391 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6393 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6395 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6396 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6397 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6398 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6399 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6400 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6401 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6402 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6403 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6404 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6405 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6406 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6407 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6408 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6409 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6410 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6411 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6412 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6413 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6414 to see why something went wrong.
6415 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6416 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6417 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6418 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6419 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6420 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6421 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6422 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6423 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6424 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6425 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6426 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6427 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6429 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6430 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6431 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6432 again for the directory tree.
6434 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6435 for more info):
6437 `dired-listing-switches'
6438 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6439 `dired-marker-char'
6440 `dired-del-marker'
6441 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6442 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6443 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6444 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6446 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6448 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6449 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6450 `dired-mode-hook'
6451 `dired-load-hook'
6453 Keybindings:
6454 \\{dired-mode-map}
6456 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6457 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6459 (autoload 'dired-hide-details-mode "dired" "\
6460 Hide details in Dired mode.
6462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6464 ;;;***
6466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (20709 26818 907104
6467 ;;;;;; 0))
6468 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6470 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6471 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6472 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6473 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6474 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6476 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6477 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6478 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6480 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6481 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6482 directory.
6484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6486 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6487 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6488 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6489 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6490 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6491 from `default-directory'.
6493 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6495 ;;;***
6497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20709 26818
6498 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6499 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6501 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6502 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6503 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6504 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6505 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6506 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6508 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6510 ;;;***
6512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20992 52525 458637
6513 ;;;;;; 0))
6514 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6516 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6517 Return a new, empty display table.
6519 \(fn)" nil nil)
6521 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6522 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6523 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6524 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6525 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6527 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6529 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6530 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6531 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6532 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6533 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6535 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6537 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6538 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6540 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6542 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6543 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6545 \(fn)" t nil)
6547 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6548 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6550 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6551 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6553 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6554 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6555 byte.
6557 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6558 in the default way after this call.
6560 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6562 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6563 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6565 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6567 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6568 Display character C using printable string S.
6570 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6572 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6573 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6574 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6575 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6577 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6579 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6580 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6581 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6582 X frame.
6584 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6586 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6587 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6589 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6591 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6592 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6594 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6596 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6597 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6599 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6601 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6602 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6604 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6606 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6607 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6609 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6611 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6612 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6614 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6615 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6617 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6618 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6620 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6621 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6622 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6623 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6625 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6626 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6627 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6628 in `.emacs'.
6630 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6632 ;;;***
6634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (20709 26818
6635 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6636 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6638 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6639 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6640 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6641 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6642 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6643 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6644 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6645 Default is 2.
6647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6649 ;;;***
6651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6652 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6654 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6655 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6656 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6657 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6658 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6659 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6660 private or ask).
6661 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6662 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6663 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6664 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6665 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6667 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6669 ;;;***
6671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20709 26818
6672 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
6673 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6675 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6676 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6677 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6678 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6679 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6680 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6681 table and its own syntax table.
6683 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6685 \(fn)" t nil)
6686 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6688 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6689 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6691 \(fn)" t nil)
6693 ;;;***
6695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21144 30651 337793
6696 ;;;;;; 0))
6697 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6699 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6700 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6701 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6702 OpenDocument format).
6704 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6706 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6707 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6709 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6710 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6712 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6713 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6714 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6716 \(fn)" t nil)
6718 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6719 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6720 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6721 to the next best mode.
6723 \(fn)" nil nil)
6725 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6726 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6727 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6728 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6729 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6731 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6733 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6735 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6738 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6740 ;;;***
6742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20709 26818 907104
6743 ;;;;;; 0))
6744 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6746 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6747 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6749 \(fn)" t nil)
6751 ;;;***
6753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6754 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6756 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6757 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6758 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6759 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6760 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6762 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6763 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6767 ;;;***
6769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20900 33838 319219
6770 ;;;;;; 0))
6771 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6772 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6774 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6775 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6777 \(fn)" t nil)
6779 ;;;***
6781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20992
6782 ;;;;;; 52525 458637 0))
6783 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6785 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6787 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6788 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6789 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6790 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6791 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6793 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6794 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6795 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6796 and disables it otherwise.
6798 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6799 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6800 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6801 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6803 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6804 documenting what its argument does.
6806 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6807 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6808 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6809 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6810 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6811 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6812 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6813 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6815 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6816 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6817 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6818 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6819 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6820 mode is global):
6822 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6823 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6824 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6825 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6826 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6827 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6828 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6829 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6830 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6831 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6832 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6833 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6834 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6835 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6836 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6837 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6838 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6839 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6840 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6841 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6842 in :variable).
6844 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6845 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6847 For example, you could write
6848 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6849 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6850 ...BODY CODE...)
6852 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6854 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6856 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6858 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6860 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6861 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6862 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6863 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6864 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6865 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6866 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6867 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6868 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6869 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6870 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6871 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6873 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6874 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6875 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6876 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6877 call another major mode in their body.
6879 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6880 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6881 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6883 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6885 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6887 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6888 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6889 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6890 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6891 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6892 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6893 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6895 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6897 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6898 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6899 :inherit Parent keymap.
6900 :group Ignored.
6901 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6902 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6904 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6906 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6907 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6908 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6909 the constant's documentation.
6911 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6913 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6914 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6915 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6917 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6919 ;;;***
6921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21074
6922 ;;;;;; 35375 473679 0))
6923 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6925 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6926 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6927 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6928 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6930 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6931 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6932 as a top-level menu bar item.
6934 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6935 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6936 pairs:
6938 :filter FUNCTION
6939 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6940 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6941 items to actually display.
6943 :visible INCLUDE
6944 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6945 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6946 alias for `:visible'.
6948 :active ENABLE
6949 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6950 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6951 an alias for `:active'.
6953 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6954 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6956 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6958 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6960 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6961 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6963 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6964 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6966 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6968 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6970 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6971 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6973 :keys KEYS
6974 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6975 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6976 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6977 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6979 :key-sequence KEYS
6980 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6981 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6982 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6983 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6985 :active ENABLE
6986 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6987 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6988 alias for `:active'.
6990 :visible INCLUDE
6991 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6992 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6993 `:visible'.
6995 :label FORM
6996 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6997 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6999 :suffix FORM
7000 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7001 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7003 :style STYLE
7004 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7005 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7006 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7008 :selected SELECTED
7009 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7010 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7012 :help HELP
7013 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7015 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7016 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7017 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7019 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7020 MENU. This is a submenu.
7022 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7024 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7026 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7029 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7031 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7032 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7033 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7034 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7036 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7038 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7039 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7040 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7041 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7042 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7043 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7045 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7046 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7047 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7049 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7050 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7051 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7053 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7054 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7056 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7058 ;;;***
7060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21093 51745
7061 ;;;;;; 752738 587000))
7062 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7063 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7065 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7066 Customization for ebnf group.
7068 \(fn)" t nil)
7070 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7071 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7073 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7075 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7076 processed.
7078 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7080 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7082 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7083 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7085 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7086 killed after process termination.
7088 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7090 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7092 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7093 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7095 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7096 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7097 it to the printer.
7099 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7100 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7101 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7102 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7104 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7106 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7107 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7108 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7110 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7112 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7113 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7115 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7117 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7118 processed.
7120 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7122 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7124 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7125 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7127 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7128 killed after process termination.
7130 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7132 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7134 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7135 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7136 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7137 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7139 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7141 \(fn)" t nil)
7143 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7144 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7145 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7147 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7149 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7151 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7152 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7154 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7156 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7157 processed.
7159 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7161 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7163 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7164 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7166 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7167 killed after EPS generation.
7169 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7171 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7173 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7174 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7176 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7177 The EPS file name has the following form:
7179 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7181 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7182 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7184 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7185 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7186 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7187 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7188 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7190 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7191 files.
7193 \(fn)" t nil)
7195 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7196 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7198 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7199 The EPS file name has the following form:
7201 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7203 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7204 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7206 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7207 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7208 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7209 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7210 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7212 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7213 files.
7215 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7217 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7219 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7220 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7222 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7224 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7225 are processed.
7227 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7229 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7231 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7232 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7234 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7235 killed after syntax checking.
7237 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7239 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7241 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7242 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7244 \(fn)" t nil)
7246 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7247 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7249 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7251 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7252 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7254 \(fn)" nil nil)
7256 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7257 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7259 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7261 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7263 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7264 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7266 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7268 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7270 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7271 Delete style NAME.
7273 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7275 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7277 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7278 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7280 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7282 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7284 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7285 Set STYLE as the current style.
7287 Returns the old style symbol.
7289 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7291 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7293 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7294 Reset current style.
7296 Returns the old style symbol.
7298 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7300 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7302 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7303 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7305 Returns the old style symbol.
7307 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7309 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7311 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7313 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7314 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7316 Returns the old style symbol.
7318 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7320 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7322 \(fn)" t nil)
7324 ;;;***
7326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20992 52525
7327 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
7328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7330 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7331 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7332 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7333 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7334 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7335 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7337 Tree mode key bindings:
7338 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7340 \(fn)" t nil)
7342 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7343 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7345 \(fn)" t nil)
7347 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7348 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7350 \(fn)" t nil)
7352 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7353 View declaration of member at point.
7355 \(fn)" t nil)
7357 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7358 Find declaration of member at point.
7360 \(fn)" t nil)
7362 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7363 View definition of member at point.
7365 \(fn)" t nil)
7367 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7368 Find definition of member at point.
7370 \(fn)" t nil)
7372 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7373 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7375 \(fn)" t nil)
7377 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7378 View definition of member at point in other window.
7380 \(fn)" t nil)
7382 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7383 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7385 \(fn)" t nil)
7387 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7388 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7390 \(fn)" t nil)
7392 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7393 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7395 \(fn)" t nil)
7397 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7398 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7400 \(fn)" t nil)
7402 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7403 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7404 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7405 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7406 completion.
7408 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7410 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7411 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7412 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7413 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7415 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7417 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7418 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7419 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7420 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7422 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7424 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7425 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7426 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7428 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7430 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7431 Search for call sites of a member.
7432 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7433 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7434 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7435 looks like a function call to the member.
7437 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7439 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7440 Move backward in the position stack.
7441 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7443 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7445 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7446 Move forward in the position stack.
7447 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7449 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7451 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7452 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7454 \(fn)" t nil)
7456 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7457 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7459 \(fn)" t nil)
7461 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7462 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7463 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7464 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7466 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7468 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7469 Display statistics for a class tree.
7471 \(fn)" t nil)
7473 ;;;***
7475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (20992 52525 458637
7476 ;;;;;; 0))
7477 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7479 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7480 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7481 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7482 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7483 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7484 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7485 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7487 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7489 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7490 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7491 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7492 also has this effect.
7493 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7494 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7495 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7496 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7497 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7498 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7499 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7500 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7501 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7502 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7504 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7506 ;;;***
7508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21040 46773 613700
7509 ;;;;;; 854000))
7510 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7512 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7513 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7514 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7516 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7518 ;;;***
7520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (20709 26818
7521 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
7522 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7524 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7527 \(fn)" nil nil)
7529 ;;;***
7531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20908 27948 216644 0))
7532 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7533 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7535 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7536 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7537 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7538 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7539 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7540 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7542 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7544 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7545 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7546 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7547 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7548 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7550 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7551 an EDE controlled project.
7553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7555 ;;;***
7557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el" (20709 26818
7558 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
7559 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
7560 (push (purecopy '(dired 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7562 ;;;***
7564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
7565 ;;;;;; (20881 10343 547564 552000))
7566 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
7567 (push (purecopy '(project-am 0 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
7569 ;;;***
7571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20996 49577
7572 ;;;;;; 892030 0))
7573 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7575 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7576 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7577 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7578 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7579 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7581 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7582 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7583 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7584 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7586 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7588 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7589 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7590 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7591 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7593 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7595 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7596 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7597 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7598 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7600 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7602 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7604 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7605 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7606 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7607 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7608 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7610 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7611 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7612 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7613 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7614 instrumented for Edebug.
7616 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7617 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7618 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7619 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7620 already is one.)
7622 \(fn)" t nil)
7624 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7625 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7627 \(fn)" t nil)
7629 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7630 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7632 \(fn)" t nil)
7634 ;;;***
7636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21041 38058 75002 0))
7637 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7638 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7640 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7641 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7643 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7645 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7646 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7648 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7650 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7652 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7654 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7655 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7656 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7657 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7659 \(fn)" t nil)
7661 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7662 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7663 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7664 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7666 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7668 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7669 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7671 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7673 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7675 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7676 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7678 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7680 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7682 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7683 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7684 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7685 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7687 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7689 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7691 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7692 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7693 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7694 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7696 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7698 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7700 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7701 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7702 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7703 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7705 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7707 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7709 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7710 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7711 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7712 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7714 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7716 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7718 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7719 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7720 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7721 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7722 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7723 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7725 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7727 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7728 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7729 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7730 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7732 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7734 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7736 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7737 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7738 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7739 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7741 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7743 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7745 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7747 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7748 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7749 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7750 follows:
7751 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7752 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7754 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7756 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7757 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7758 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7759 follows:
7760 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7761 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7763 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7765 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7766 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7767 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7768 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7769 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7771 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7773 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7774 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7775 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7776 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7777 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7778 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7780 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7782 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7784 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7785 Merge two files without ancestor.
7787 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7789 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7790 Merge two files with ancestor.
7792 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7794 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7796 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7797 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7799 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7801 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7802 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7804 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7806 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7807 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7808 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7809 buffer.
7811 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7813 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7814 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7815 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7816 buffer.
7818 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7820 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7821 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7822 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7823 and don't ask the user.
7824 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7825 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7827 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7829 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7830 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7831 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7832 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7833 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7834 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7835 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7836 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7838 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7840 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7842 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7844 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7845 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7846 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7847 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7848 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7850 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7852 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7854 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7855 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7856 When called interactively, displays the version.
7858 \(fn)" t nil)
7860 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7861 Display Ediff's manual.
7862 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7864 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7866 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7869 \(fn)" nil nil)
7871 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7874 \(fn)" nil nil)
7876 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7879 \(fn)" nil nil)
7881 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7884 \(fn)" nil nil)
7886 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7889 \(fn)" nil nil)
7891 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7894 \(fn)" nil nil)
7896 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7899 \(fn)" nil nil)
7901 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7904 \(fn)" nil nil)
7906 ;;;***
7908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (20992 52525
7909 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
7910 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7912 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7915 \(fn)" t nil)
7917 ;;;***
7919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21032 23080
7920 ;;;;;; 765139 0))
7921 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7923 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7924 Display Ediff's registry.
7926 \(fn)" t nil)
7928 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7930 ;;;***
7932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21032 23080
7933 ;;;;;; 765139 0))
7934 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7936 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7937 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7938 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7939 which see.
7941 \(fn)" t nil)
7943 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7944 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7945 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7946 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7948 \(fn)" t nil)
7950 ;;;***
7952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (20964 20753 310858
7953 ;;;;;; 446000))
7954 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7955 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7957 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7958 Edit a keyboard macro.
7959 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7960 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7961 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7962 its command name.
7963 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7965 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7967 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7968 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7970 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7972 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7973 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7975 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7977 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7978 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7979 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7980 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7981 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7982 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7984 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7985 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7986 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7987 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7989 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7991 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7992 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7993 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7994 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7995 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7996 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7998 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8000 ;;;***
8002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (20709 26818 907104
8003 ;;;;;; 0))
8004 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8006 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8007 Set scroll margins.
8008 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8009 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8011 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8013 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8014 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8016 \(fn)" t nil)
8018 ;;;***
8020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
8021 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8023 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8024 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8025 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8026 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8027 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8028 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8029 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8031 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8032 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8034 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8035 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8036 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8037 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8039 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8040 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8041 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8043 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8044 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8045 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8047 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8049 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8052 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8054 ;;;***
8056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21051 23094
8057 ;;;;;; 730130 282000))
8058 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8059 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8061 ;;;***
8063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (20908
8064 ;;;;;; 27948 216644 0))
8065 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8066 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8068 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8069 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8070 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8071 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8072 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8073 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8074 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8076 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8078 ;;;***
8080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-custom" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
8081 ;;;;;; (20929 34089 117790 0))
8082 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
8084 (autoload 'customize-object "eieio-custom" "\
8085 Customize OBJ in a custom buffer.
8086 Optional argument GROUP is the sub-group of slots to display.
8088 \(fn OBJ &optional GROUP)" nil nil)
8090 ;;;***
8092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" (20892
8093 ;;;;;; 39729 858825 0))
8094 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
8096 (autoload 'eieio-browse "eieio-opt" "\
8097 Create an object browser window to show all objects.
8098 If optional ROOT-CLASS, then start with that, otherwise start with
8099 variable `eieio-default-superclass'.
8101 \(fn &optional ROOT-CLASS)" t nil)
8102 (defalias 'describe-class 'eieio-describe-class)
8104 (autoload 'eieio-describe-class "eieio-opt" "\
8105 Describe a CLASS defined by a string or symbol.
8106 If CLASS is actually an object, then also display current values of that object.
8107 Optional HEADERFCN should be called to insert a few bits of info first.
8109 \(fn CLASS &optional HEADERFCN)" t nil)
8111 (autoload 'eieio-describe-constructor "eieio-opt" "\
8112 Describe the constructor function FCN.
8113 Uses `eieio-describe-class' to describe the class being constructed.
8115 \(fn FCN)" t nil)
8116 (defalias 'describe-generic 'eieio-describe-generic)
8118 (autoload 'eieio-describe-generic "eieio-opt" "\
8119 Describe the generic function GENERIC.
8120 Also extracts information about all methods specific to this generic.
8122 \(fn GENERIC)" t nil)
8124 ;;;***
8126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21041 38058
8127 ;;;;;; 75002 0))
8128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8130 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8131 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8133 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8135 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8136 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8137 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8138 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8139 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8141 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8142 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8143 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8144 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8145 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8146 expression point is on.
8148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8150 (autoload 'eldoc-post-insert-mode "eldoc" "\
8151 Toggle Eldoc-Post-Insert mode on or off.
8152 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Eldoc-Post-Insert mode if ARG is
8153 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8154 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
8155 \\{eldoc-post-insert-mode-map}
8157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8159 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8160 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8162 \(fn)" t nil)
8164 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8165 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8166 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8167 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8168 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8169 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8170 arg list.
8172 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8173 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8174 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8175 effect.
8177 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8178 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8180 ;;;***
8182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20709 26818 907104
8183 ;;;;;; 0))
8184 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8186 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8187 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8189 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8190 an elided material again.
8192 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8196 ;;;***
8198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (20709 26818
8199 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8200 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8202 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8203 Lint the file FILE.
8205 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8207 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8208 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8209 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8211 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8213 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8214 Lint the current buffer.
8215 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8217 \(fn)" t nil)
8219 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8220 Lint the function at point.
8221 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8223 \(fn)" t nil)
8225 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8226 Initialize elint.
8227 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8228 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8230 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8232 ;;;***
8234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20709 26818 907104
8235 ;;;;;; 0))
8236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8238 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8239 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8240 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8242 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8244 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8245 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8246 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8247 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8249 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8251 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8252 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8253 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8255 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8257 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8259 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8260 Display current profiling results.
8261 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8262 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8263 displayed.
8265 \(fn)" t nil)
8267 ;;;***
8269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (20933 31141 450159
8270 ;;;;;; 0))
8271 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8273 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8274 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8275 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8276 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8277 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8278 ARG is omitted or nil.
8280 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8281 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8282 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8283 used instead.
8285 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8287 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8288 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8289 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8291 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8295 ;;;***
8297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21048 11307
8298 ;;;;;; 937592 0))
8299 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8301 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8302 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8303 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8305 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8307 ;;;***
8309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21032 23080 765139
8310 ;;;;;; 0))
8311 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8313 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8314 Run Emerge on two files.
8316 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8318 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8319 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8321 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8323 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8324 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8326 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8328 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8329 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8331 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8333 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8336 \(fn)" nil nil)
8338 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8341 \(fn)" nil nil)
8343 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8346 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8348 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8351 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8353 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8354 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8356 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8358 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8359 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8361 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8363 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8366 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8368 ;;;***
8370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21136 36544
8371 ;;;;;; 158478 0))
8372 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8374 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8375 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8376 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8377 text/enriched format.
8379 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8380 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8381 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8383 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8385 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8386 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8388 Commands:
8390 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8394 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8397 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8399 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8402 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8404 ;;;***
8406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21034 64808 616539 0))
8407 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8409 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8410 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8412 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8414 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8415 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8417 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8419 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8420 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8421 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8422 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8423 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8424 the keys are listed.
8425 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8427 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8429 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8430 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8431 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8433 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8435 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8436 Verify FILE.
8438 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8440 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8441 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8443 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8445 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8446 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8448 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8450 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8451 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8453 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8454 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8455 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8456 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8458 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8459 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8460 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8461 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8462 should consider using the string based counterpart
8463 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8464 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8466 For example:
8468 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8469 (decode-coding-string
8470 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8471 'utf-8))
8473 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8475 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8476 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8478 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8479 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8481 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8483 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8484 Verify the current region between START and END.
8486 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8487 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8488 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8489 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8490 should consider using the string based counterpart
8491 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8492 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8494 For example:
8496 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8497 (decode-coding-string
8498 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8499 'utf-8))
8501 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8503 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8504 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8505 between START and END.
8507 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8508 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8510 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8512 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8513 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8515 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8516 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8517 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8518 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8519 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8520 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8522 For example:
8524 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8525 (epg-sign-string
8526 context
8527 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8529 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8531 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8532 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8534 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8535 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8536 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8537 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8538 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8539 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8541 For example:
8543 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8544 (epg-encrypt-string
8545 context
8546 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8547 nil))
8549 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8551 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8552 Delete selected KEYS.
8554 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8556 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8557 Import keys from FILE.
8559 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8561 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8562 Import keys from the region.
8564 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8566 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8567 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8568 between START and END.
8570 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8572 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8573 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8575 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8577 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8578 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8580 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8582 ;;;***
8584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20709 26818 907104
8585 ;;;;;; 0))
8586 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8588 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8589 Decrypt marked files.
8591 \(fn)" t nil)
8593 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8594 Verify marked files.
8596 \(fn)" t nil)
8598 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8599 Sign marked files.
8601 \(fn)" t nil)
8603 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8604 Encrypt marked files.
8606 \(fn)" t nil)
8608 ;;;***
8610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21102 14759 136845
8611 ;;;;;; 0))
8612 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8614 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8617 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8619 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8622 \(fn)" t nil)
8624 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8627 \(fn)" t nil)
8629 ;;;***
8631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20978 19624 657047
8632 ;;;;;; 0))
8633 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8635 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8636 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8637 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8638 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8639 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8643 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8644 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8645 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8647 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8649 \(fn)" t nil)
8651 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8652 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8653 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8655 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8657 \(fn)" t nil)
8659 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8660 Sign the current buffer.
8661 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8663 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8665 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8667 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8668 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8669 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8670 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8671 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8672 and also whether and how to sign.
8674 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8675 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8676 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8678 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8680 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8682 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8683 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8684 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8686 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8688 \(fn)" t nil)
8690 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8691 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8692 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8693 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8694 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8695 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8697 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8699 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8700 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8701 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8702 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8703 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8707 ;;;***
8709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21069 17449 167398 0))
8710 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8711 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8713 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8714 Return a context object.
8716 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8718 ;;;***
8720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20709 26818 907104
8721 ;;;;;; 0))
8722 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8724 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8725 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8727 \(fn)" nil nil)
8729 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8730 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8732 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8734 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8735 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8737 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8739 ;;;***
8741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21053 29224 547064 0))
8742 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8743 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8745 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8746 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8748 \(fn)" nil nil)
8750 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8751 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8752 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8754 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8756 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8757 (server (erc-compute-server))
8758 (port (erc-compute-port))
8759 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8760 password
8761 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8763 That is, if called with
8765 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8767 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8768 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8769 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8771 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8773 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8775 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8776 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8777 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8779 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8781 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8782 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8783 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8784 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8786 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8788 ;;;***
8790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20709
8791 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8792 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8793 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8795 ;;;***
8797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21139 12727
8798 ;;;;;; 345232 0))
8799 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8800 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8802 ;;;***
8804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20709 26818
8805 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8806 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8807 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8809 ;;;***
8811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20709 26818
8812 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8813 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8814 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8816 ;;;***
8818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20759 33211 414988
8819 ;;;;;; 0))
8820 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8821 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8823 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8824 Parser for /dcc command.
8825 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8826 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8827 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8829 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8831 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8832 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8834 \(fn)" nil nil)
8836 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8837 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8839 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8840 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8841 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8842 that subcommand.
8844 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8846 ;;;***
8848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8849 ;;;;;; (21042 58928 39127 0))
8850 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8851 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8853 ;;;***
8855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (20709
8856 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
8857 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8859 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8860 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8862 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8864 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8865 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8866 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8867 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8869 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8871 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8874 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8876 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8877 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8879 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8881 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8882 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8884 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8886 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8887 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8889 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8891 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8892 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8894 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8896 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8897 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8899 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8901 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8902 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8904 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8906 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8907 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8909 \(fn)" nil nil)
8911 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8912 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8914 \(fn)" nil nil)
8916 ;;;***
8918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20709 26818 907104
8919 ;;;;;; 0))
8920 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8921 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8923 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8924 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8925 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8927 \(fn)" nil nil)
8929 ;;;***
8931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (20709 26818
8932 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8933 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8934 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8936 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8937 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8938 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8939 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8940 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8941 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8942 system.
8944 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8946 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8949 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8951 ;;;***
8953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (20709 26818
8954 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
8955 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8957 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8960 \(fn)" nil nil)
8962 ;;;***
8964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20709 26818 907104
8965 ;;;;;; 0))
8966 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8967 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8969 ;;;***
8971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (20709 26818 907104
8972 ;;;;;; 0))
8973 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
8974 (push (purecopy '(erc-lang 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8976 ;;;***
8978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21050 53033 774595
8979 ;;;;;; 0))
8980 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8981 (push (purecopy '(erc-list 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8982 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8984 ;;;***
8986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (20891 18859 893295
8987 ;;;;;; 0))
8988 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8989 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8991 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8992 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8993 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8994 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8995 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8996 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8998 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9000 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9001 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9002 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9003 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9005 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9006 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9007 automatically.
9009 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9010 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9012 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9014 ;;;***
9016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (20763 30266
9017 ;;;;;; 231060 0))
9018 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9019 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9021 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9022 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9024 \(fn)" t nil)
9026 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9027 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9029 \(fn)" t nil)
9031 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9032 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9034 \(fn)" t nil)
9036 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9037 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9039 \(fn)" t nil)
9041 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9042 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9044 \(fn)" t nil)
9046 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9047 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9049 \(fn)" t nil)
9051 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9052 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9054 \(fn)" t nil)
9056 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9057 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9059 \(fn)" t nil)
9061 ;;;***
9063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20884 7264 412929
9064 ;;;;;; 442000))
9065 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9066 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9068 ;;;***
9070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (20709
9071 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9072 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9073 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9075 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9076 Show who's gone.
9078 \(fn)" nil nil)
9080 ;;;***
9082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (20709
9083 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9084 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9086 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9087 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9088 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9089 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9091 \(fn)" nil nil)
9093 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9094 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9096 \(fn)" t nil)
9098 ;;;***
9100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21013 58662
9101 ;;;;;; 278539 0))
9102 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9103 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9105 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9106 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9107 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9108 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9110 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9112 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9115 \(fn)" nil nil)
9117 ;;;***
9119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20709 26818 907104
9120 ;;;;;; 0))
9121 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9122 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9124 ;;;***
9126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21112
9127 ;;;;;; 20657 455367 0))
9128 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9129 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9131 ;;;***
9133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20709 26818
9134 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9135 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9136 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9138 ;;;***
9140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20884 7264 412929
9141 ;;;;;; 442000))
9142 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9143 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9145 ;;;***
9147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20709
9148 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9149 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9150 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9152 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9153 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9155 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9157 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9158 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9159 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9161 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9163 ;;;***
9165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20709 26818
9166 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9167 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9168 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9170 ;;;***
9172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (20709
9173 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9174 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9176 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9177 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9178 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9180 \(fn)" t nil)
9182 ;;;***
9184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20709
9185 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9186 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9187 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9189 ;;;***
9191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20709 26818
9192 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9193 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9194 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9196 ;;;***
9198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21013 58662
9199 ;;;;;; 278539 0))
9200 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9202 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9203 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9204 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9206 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9208 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9209 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9210 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9211 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9212 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9214 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9215 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9216 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9217 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9220 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9222 ;;;***
9224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20709
9225 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9226 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9227 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9229 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9230 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9231 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9232 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9234 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9236 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9237 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9238 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9240 \(fn)" t nil)
9242 ;;;***
9244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (20709 26818 907104
9245 ;;;;;; 0))
9246 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9247 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9249 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9250 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9252 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9254 ;;;***
9256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21112 43970 768678
9257 ;;;;;; 0))
9258 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9260 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9261 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9263 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9264 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9266 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9267 useful for assertions in BODY.
9269 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9271 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9272 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9273 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9275 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9277 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9279 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9281 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9282 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9284 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9285 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9286 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9287 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9289 Returns the stats object.
9291 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9293 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9294 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9296 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9297 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9298 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9299 the tests).
9301 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9303 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9304 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9306 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9307 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9308 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9309 and how to display message.
9311 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9313 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9315 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9316 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9318 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9320 ;;;***
9322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (20709 26818
9323 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
9324 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9326 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9328 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9329 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9331 \(fn)" t nil)
9333 ;;;***
9335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21048 47760
9336 ;;;;;; 436258 0))
9337 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9339 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9340 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9342 \(fn)" t nil)
9344 ;;;***
9346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21042 9718 407372
9347 ;;;;;; 0))
9348 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9349 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9351 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9352 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9353 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9354 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9355 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9356 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9357 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9358 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9359 buffer selected (or created).
9361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9363 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9364 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9365 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9367 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9369 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9370 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9371 The result might be any Lisp object.
9372 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9373 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9374 corresponding to a successful execution.
9376 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9378 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9380 ;;;***
9382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (20992 52525 458637
9383 ;;;;;; 0))
9384 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9386 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9387 File name of tags table.
9388 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9389 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9390 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9391 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9392 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9394 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9395 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9396 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9397 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9399 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9401 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9402 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9403 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9404 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9405 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9406 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9408 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9410 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9411 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9412 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9414 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9416 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9417 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9418 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9419 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9420 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9422 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9424 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9425 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9426 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9427 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9429 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9431 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9432 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9433 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9434 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9435 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9437 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9439 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9440 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9442 \(fn)" t nil)
9444 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9445 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9446 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9447 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9449 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9450 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9451 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9452 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9453 file the tag was in.
9455 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9457 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9458 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9459 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9460 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9461 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9462 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9463 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9464 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9465 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9467 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9469 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9470 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9471 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9472 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9473 without directory names.
9475 \(fn)" nil nil)
9476 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9477 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9478 (progn
9479 (load "etags")
9480 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9482 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9483 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9484 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9485 but does not select the buffer.
9486 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9488 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9489 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9490 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9491 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9492 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9494 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9496 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9497 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9498 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9500 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9502 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9504 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9505 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9506 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9507 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9509 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9510 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9511 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9512 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9513 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9515 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9517 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9518 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9519 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9521 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9523 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9524 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9526 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9527 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9528 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9529 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9530 around or before point.
9532 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9533 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9534 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9535 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9536 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9538 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9540 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9541 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9542 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9544 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9546 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9547 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9549 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9550 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9551 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9552 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9553 around or before point.
9555 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9556 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9557 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9558 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9559 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9561 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9563 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9564 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9565 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9567 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9569 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9570 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9572 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9573 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9574 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9576 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9577 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9578 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9579 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9580 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9582 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9584 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9585 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9586 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9588 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9590 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9591 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9592 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9594 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9595 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9597 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9598 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9599 where they were found.
9601 \(fn)" t nil)
9603 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9604 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9606 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9607 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9608 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9610 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9611 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9613 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9614 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9616 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9618 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9619 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9620 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9621 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9623 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9624 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9625 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9626 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9627 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9629 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9630 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9632 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9633 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9634 Stops when a match is found.
9635 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9637 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9638 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9639 restricted to these files.
9641 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9643 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9645 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9646 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9647 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9648 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9649 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9650 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9651 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9652 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9654 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9655 produce the list of files to search.
9657 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9659 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9661 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9662 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9663 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9664 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9665 directory specification.
9667 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9669 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9670 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9672 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9674 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9675 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9676 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9677 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9679 \(fn)" t nil)
9681 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9682 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9683 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9684 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9685 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9687 \(fn)" t nil)
9689 ;;;***
9691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (20709
9692 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
9693 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9695 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9698 \(fn)" nil nil)
9700 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9701 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9703 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9704 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9706 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9707 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9708 primary language.
9710 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9711 even if the buffer is read-only.
9713 See also the descriptions of the variables
9714 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9716 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9718 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9719 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9721 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9722 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9724 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9725 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9726 primary language.
9728 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9729 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9731 See also the descriptions of the variables
9732 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9734 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9736 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9737 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9738 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9739 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9741 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9743 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9744 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9745 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9746 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9748 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9749 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9750 primary language.
9752 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9753 buffer is read-only.
9755 See also the descriptions of the variables
9756 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9757 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9759 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9761 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9762 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9764 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9765 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9767 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9768 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9769 the primary language.
9771 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9772 buffer is read-only.
9774 See also the descriptions of the variables
9775 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9776 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9778 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9780 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9781 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9782 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9784 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9786 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9787 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9789 \(fn)" t nil)
9791 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9792 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9794 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9795 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9796 be 1, 2, or 3.
9798 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9799 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9800 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9802 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9804 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9806 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9807 This function is deprecated.
9809 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9811 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9812 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9814 \(fn)" t nil)
9816 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9817 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9819 \(fn)" t nil)
9821 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9822 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9824 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9825 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9827 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9828 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9830 \(fn)" nil nil)
9832 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9833 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9835 \(fn)" nil nil)
9837 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9838 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9840 \(fn)" nil nil)
9842 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9843 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9845 \(fn)" nil nil)
9847 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9848 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9849 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9851 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9853 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9856 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9858 ;;;***
9860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
9861 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9863 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9864 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9865 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9866 server for future sessions.
9868 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9870 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9871 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9872 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9874 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9876 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9877 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9878 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9880 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9882 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9883 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9884 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9885 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9886 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9887 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9888 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9889 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9890 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9891 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9892 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9893 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9895 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9897 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9898 Display a form to query the directory server.
9899 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9900 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9902 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9904 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9905 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9906 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9908 \(fn)" t nil)
9910 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9912 ;;;***
9914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20791 9657 561026
9915 ;;;;;; 0))
9916 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9918 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9919 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9921 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9923 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9924 Display URL and make it clickable.
9926 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9928 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9929 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9931 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9933 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9934 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9936 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9938 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9939 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9941 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9943 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9944 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9946 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9948 ;;;***
9950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20871 33574
9951 ;;;;;; 214287 0))
9952 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9954 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9955 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9956 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9958 \(fn)" t nil)
9960 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9961 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9963 \(fn)" t nil)
9965 ;;;***
9967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21040
9968 ;;;;;; 17194 398147 0))
9969 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9971 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9972 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9974 \(fn)" t nil)
9976 ;;;***
9978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20709 26818 907104
9979 ;;;;;; 0))
9980 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9982 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9983 Create an empty ewoc.
9985 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9987 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9988 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9989 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9990 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9991 `insert-before-markers'.
9993 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9994 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9995 respectively, of the ewoc.
9997 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9998 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9999 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10001 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10003 ;;;***
10005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21141 54458 609734 0))
10006 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10008 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10009 Fetch URL and render the page.
10010 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10011 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10013 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10015 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10016 Render a file using EWW.
10018 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10020 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10023 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10025 ;;;***
10027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21041
10028 ;;;;;; 38058 75002 0))
10029 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10031 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10032 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10033 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10035 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10037 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10038 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10039 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10040 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10041 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10043 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10045 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10046 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10047 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10048 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10049 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10050 executable.
10052 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10054 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10055 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10056 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10058 \(fn)" t nil)
10060 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10061 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10062 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10063 file modes.
10065 \(fn)" nil nil)
10067 ;;;***
10069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
10070 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10072 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10073 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10074 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10075 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10077 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10079 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10080 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10081 to generate such functions.
10083 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10084 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10085 beginning of the expanded text.
10087 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10088 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10089 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10090 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10092 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10094 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10096 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10097 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10098 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10100 \(fn)" nil nil)
10102 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10103 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10104 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10106 \(fn)" t nil)
10108 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10109 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10110 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10112 \(fn)" t nil)
10113 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10114 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10116 ;;;***
10118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20992 52525 458637
10119 ;;;;;; 0))
10120 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10122 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10123 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10124 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10126 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10127 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10128 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10130 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10132 Key definitions:
10133 \\{f90-mode-map}
10135 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10137 `f90-do-indent'
10138 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10139 `f90-if-indent'
10140 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10141 `f90-type-indent'
10142 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10143 `f90-program-indent'
10144 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10145 (default 2).
10146 `f90-associate-indent'
10147 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10148 `f90-critical-indent'
10149 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10150 `f90-continuation-indent'
10151 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10152 `f90-comment-region'
10153 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10154 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10155 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10156 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10157 (default \"!\").
10158 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10159 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10160 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10161 `f90-break-delimiters'
10162 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10163 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10164 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10165 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10166 (default t).
10167 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10168 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10169 `f90-smart-end'
10170 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10171 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10172 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10173 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10174 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10175 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10176 `f90-leave-line-no'
10177 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10179 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10180 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10182 \(fn)" t nil)
10184 ;;;***
10186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21082 29482 330637
10187 ;;;;;; 0))
10188 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10190 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10191 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10192 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10193 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10195 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10196 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10197 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10198 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10199 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10201 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10202 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10203 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10204 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10205 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10206 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10207 attributes.
10209 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10210 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10212 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10214 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10215 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10216 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10217 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10219 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10221 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10222 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10223 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10224 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10226 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10227 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10228 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10230 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10231 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10232 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10233 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10235 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10237 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10238 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10239 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10241 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10242 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10243 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10244 the same amount).
10246 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10248 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10249 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10250 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10252 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10253 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10254 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10255 will remove any scaling currently active.
10257 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10259 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10260 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10261 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10263 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10264 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10265 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10266 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10267 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10269 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10270 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10272 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10274 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10275 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10277 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10278 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10279 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10281 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10282 the face height as long as the input event read
10283 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10285 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10286 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10287 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10288 will remove any scaling currently active.
10290 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10291 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10292 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10293 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10294 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10296 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10298 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10299 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10300 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10301 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10302 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10303 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10307 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10308 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10309 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10310 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10311 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10312 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10313 `buffer-face-mode'.
10315 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10316 local, and sets it to FACE.
10318 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10320 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10321 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10322 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10323 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10324 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10325 `face' text property.
10327 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10328 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10329 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10330 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10332 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10333 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10335 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10337 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10338 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10339 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10340 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10344 ;;;***
10346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21002 1963 769129
10347 ;;;;;; 0))
10348 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10349 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10351 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10352 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10353 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10354 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10356 \(fn)" nil nil)
10358 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10359 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10363 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10364 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10365 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10366 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10370 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10371 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10372 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10373 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10374 backup file names and the like).
10376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10378 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10379 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10380 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10381 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10382 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10383 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10384 internally by feedmail):
10386 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10387 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10388 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10389 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10391 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10392 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10393 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10394 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10395 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10397 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10399 ;;;***
10401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21090 23592 994673 0))
10402 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10404 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10405 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10406 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10407 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10408 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10409 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10410 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10412 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10414 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10415 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10416 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10417 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10418 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10419 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10420 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10422 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10424 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10426 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10427 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10428 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10429 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10430 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10431 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10433 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10435 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10436 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10437 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10438 Return value:
10439 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10440 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10441 * otherwise, nil
10443 \(fn E)" t nil)
10445 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10446 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10447 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10449 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10451 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10452 Try to get a file name at point.
10453 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10455 \(fn)" nil nil)
10457 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10458 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10460 \(fn)" t nil)
10462 ;;;***
10464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (20998 4934 952905
10465 ;;;;;; 0))
10466 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10468 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10469 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10470 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10471 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10473 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10475 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10476 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10477 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10478 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10479 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10480 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10482 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10484 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10485 Add FILE to the file cache.
10487 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10489 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10490 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10491 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10493 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10495 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10496 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10497 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10499 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10501 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10502 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10503 This function does not use any external programs.
10504 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10505 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10506 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10508 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10510 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10511 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10512 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10513 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10514 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10515 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10516 \(directories) is done.
10518 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10520 ;;;***
10522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21142 14078 948441
10523 ;;;;;; 0))
10524 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10526 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10527 Handle file system monitoring event.
10528 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10529 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10531 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10533 ;;;***
10535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (20938 49065 383398
10536 ;;;;;; 0))
10537 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10539 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10540 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10542 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10543 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10544 Local Variables list.
10546 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10547 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10548 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10550 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10552 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10553 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10555 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10557 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10558 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10560 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10561 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10562 the -*- line.
10564 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10565 then this function adds it.
10567 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10569 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10570 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10572 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10574 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10575 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10577 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10579 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10580 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10582 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10584 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10585 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10587 \(fn)" t nil)
10589 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10590 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10592 \(fn)" t nil)
10594 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10595 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10597 \(fn)" t nil)
10599 ;;;***
10601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (20999 25770 522517
10602 ;;;;;; 0))
10603 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10605 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10606 Filesets initialization.
10607 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10609 \(fn)" nil nil)
10611 ;;;***
10613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20709 26818 907104
10614 ;;;;;; 0))
10615 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10616 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10618 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10619 Initiate the building of a find command.
10620 For example:
10622 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10623 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10624 (mtime \"+1\"))
10625 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10627 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10628 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10630 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10632 ;;;***
10634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (20763 30266 231060
10635 ;;;;;; 0))
10636 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10638 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10639 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10640 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10642 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10644 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10645 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10647 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10649 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10650 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10651 and run dired on those files.
10652 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10653 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10655 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10657 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10659 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10660 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10661 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10663 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10664 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10666 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10667 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10669 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10671 ;;;***
10673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (20999 25770 522517
10674 ;;;;;; 0))
10675 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10677 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10678 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10679 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10680 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10681 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10682 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10683 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10685 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10687 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10688 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10689 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10691 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10693 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10695 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10697 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10698 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10699 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10701 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10702 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10704 Variables of interest include:
10706 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10707 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10708 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10710 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10711 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10712 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10714 - `ff-ignore-include'
10715 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10717 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10718 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10720 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10721 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10723 - `ff-special-constructs'
10724 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10725 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10726 extracting the filename from that construct.
10728 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10729 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10731 - `ff-search-directories'
10732 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10733 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10735 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10736 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10738 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10739 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10741 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10742 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10744 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10745 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10747 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10748 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10750 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10752 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10753 Visit the file you click on.
10755 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10757 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10758 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10760 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10762 ;;;***
10764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20709
10765 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
10766 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10768 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10769 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10770 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10772 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10774 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10775 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10776 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10777 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10779 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10780 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10781 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10782 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10784 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10786 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10787 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10789 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10790 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10791 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10792 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10794 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10795 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10796 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10798 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10799 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10800 in `load-path'.
10802 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10804 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10805 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10807 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10808 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10809 places point before the definition.
10810 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10812 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10813 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10814 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10816 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10818 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10819 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10821 See `find-function' for more details.
10823 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10825 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10826 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10828 See `find-function' for more details.
10830 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10832 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10833 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10835 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10836 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10837 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10839 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10840 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10842 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10844 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10845 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10847 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10848 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10849 places point before the definition.
10851 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10853 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10854 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10855 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10857 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10859 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10860 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10862 See `find-variable' for more details.
10864 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10866 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10867 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10869 See `find-variable' for more details.
10871 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10873 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10874 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10875 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10876 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10877 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10878 buffer nor display it.
10880 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10881 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10883 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10885 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10886 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10888 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10889 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10890 places point before the definition.
10892 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10894 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10895 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10896 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10898 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10900 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10901 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10902 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10904 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10906 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10907 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10909 \(fn)" t nil)
10911 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10912 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10914 \(fn)" t nil)
10916 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10917 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10919 \(fn)" nil nil)
10921 ;;;***
10923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20993 35788 926781
10924 ;;;;;; 0))
10925 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10927 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10928 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10930 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10932 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10933 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10935 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10937 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10938 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10940 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10942 ;;;***
10944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21031 2230 839140 0))
10945 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10946 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10948 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10949 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10951 \(fn)" t nil)
10953 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10954 Display FILE's commentary section.
10955 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10957 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10959 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10960 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10962 \(fn)" t nil)
10964 ;;;***
10966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (20709 26818 907104
10967 ;;;;;; 0))
10968 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10970 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10971 Toggle flow control handling.
10972 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10973 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10975 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10977 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10978 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10979 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10980 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10981 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10982 to get the effect of a C-q.
10984 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10986 ;;;***
10988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (20709 26818
10989 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
10990 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10992 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10995 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10997 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11000 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11002 ;;;***
11004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21019 11047
11005 ;;;;;; 84796 0))
11006 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11007 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11009 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11010 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11011 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11012 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11013 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11017 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11018 Turn flymake mode on.
11020 \(fn)" nil nil)
11022 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11023 Turn flymake mode off.
11025 \(fn)" nil nil)
11027 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11030 \(fn)" nil nil)
11032 ;;;***
11034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20847 51240
11035 ;;;;;; 240216 0))
11036 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11038 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11039 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11041 \(fn)" t nil)
11042 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11044 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11045 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11046 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11047 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11048 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11050 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11051 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11052 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11054 Bindings:
11055 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11056 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11057 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11058 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11060 Hooks:
11061 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11063 Remark:
11064 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11065 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11066 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11068 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11069 consider adding:
11070 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11071 in your init file.
11073 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11074 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11078 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11079 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11081 \(fn)" nil nil)
11083 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11084 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11086 \(fn)" nil nil)
11088 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11089 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11091 \(fn)" nil nil)
11093 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11094 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11096 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11098 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11099 Flyspell whole buffer.
11101 \(fn)" t nil)
11103 ;;;***
11105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (20709 26818 907104
11106 ;;;;;; 0))
11107 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11108 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11110 ;;;***
11112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21049 14338 391345 0))
11113 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11115 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11116 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11118 \(fn)" nil nil)
11120 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11121 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11123 \(fn)" nil nil)
11125 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11126 Toggle Follow mode.
11127 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11128 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11129 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11131 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11132 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11134 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11135 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11136 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11138 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11139 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11140 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11141 movement commands.
11143 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11144 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11145 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11146 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11147 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11148 mileage may vary).
11150 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11151 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11153 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11155 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11157 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11158 \\{follow-mode-map}
11160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11162 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11163 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11165 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11166 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11167 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11168 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11169 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11170 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11172 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11173 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11174 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11178 ;;;***
11180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20709 26818
11181 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11182 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11183 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11185 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11186 Toggle Footnote mode.
11187 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11188 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11189 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11191 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11192 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11193 play around with the following keys:
11194 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11198 ;;;***
11200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
11201 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11203 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11204 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11206 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11207 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11208 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11209 C-c < forms-first-record <
11210 C-c > forms-last-record >
11211 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11212 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11213 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11214 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11215 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11216 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11217 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11218 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11219 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11220 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11222 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11224 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11225 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11227 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11229 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11230 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11232 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11234 ;;;***
11236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (20992 52525
11237 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
11238 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11240 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11241 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11242 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11244 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11245 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11247 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11249 Key definitions:
11250 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11252 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11254 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11255 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11256 `fortran-do-indent'
11257 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11258 `fortran-if-indent'
11259 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11260 `fortran-structure-indent'
11261 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11262 (default 3)
11263 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11264 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11265 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11266 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11267 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11268 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11269 nil don't change the indentation
11270 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11271 value of either
11272 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11273 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11274 depending on the continuation format in use.
11275 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11276 indentation for a line of code.
11277 (default 'fixed)
11278 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11279 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11280 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11281 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11282 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11283 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11284 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11285 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11286 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11287 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11288 column 5.
11289 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11290 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11291 statements (default nil).
11292 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11293 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11294 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11295 `fortran-continuation-string'
11296 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11297 line (default \"$\").
11298 `fortran-comment-region'
11299 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11300 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11301 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11302 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11303 as typed (default t).
11304 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11305 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11307 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11308 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11310 \(fn)" t nil)
11312 ;;;***
11314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20765 36517 595445
11315 ;;;;;; 191000))
11316 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11318 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11319 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11321 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11322 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11324 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11326 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11327 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11329 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11330 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11332 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11334 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11335 Compile fortune file.
11337 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11338 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11340 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11342 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11343 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11345 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11346 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11347 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11348 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11350 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11352 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11353 Display a fortune cookie.
11354 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11355 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11356 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11357 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11359 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11361 ;;;***
11363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21005 64551 555603
11364 ;;;;;; 0))
11365 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11367 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11368 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11369 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11371 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11372 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11373 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11375 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11376 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11378 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11379 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11381 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11382 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11383 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11384 intend to modify existing values, do
11386 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11388 before changing anything.
11390 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11391 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11393 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11394 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11395 to restore the frame.
11397 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11398 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11399 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11401 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11402 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11403 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11404 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11405 FILTER A filter function.
11407 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11408 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11410 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11412 where
11414 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11415 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11416 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11417 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11418 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11419 before restoring it.
11420 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11422 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11423 It must return:
11424 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11425 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11426 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11428 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11429 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11431 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11432 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11433 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11434 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11435 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11436 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11437 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11439 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11441 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11442 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11444 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11446 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11447 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11448 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11449 If nil, check all live frames.
11451 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11453 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11454 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11455 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11456 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11457 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11458 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11459 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11460 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11461 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11462 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11463 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11465 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11467 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11468 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11470 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11471 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11472 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11473 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11474 and window-state is not restored.
11476 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11477 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11479 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to use to reuse frames when restoring:
11480 t Reuse existing frames if possible, and delete those not reused.
11481 nil Restore frameset in new frames and delete existing frames.
11482 :keep Restore frameset in new frames and keep the existing ones.
11483 LIST A list of frames to reuse; only these are reused (if possible).
11484 Remaining frames in this list are deleted; other frames not
11485 included on the list are left untouched.
11487 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11488 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11489 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11490 :delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11491 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11492 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11493 `:delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11494 be created from that parameter alist.
11496 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11497 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11498 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11499 :all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11500 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11501 - the live frame just restored,
11502 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11503 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11504 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11506 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11507 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11508 being restored before that happens; and FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11509 it has been restored.
11511 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11513 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN)" nil nil)
11515 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11516 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11517 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11518 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11520 \(fn REGISTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
11522 ;;;***
11524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (20752 26925
11525 ;;;;;; 124734 677000))
11526 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11527 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11529 ;;;***
11531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21129 63287
11532 ;;;;;; 644820 0))
11533 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11535 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11536 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11537 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11539 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11541 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11542 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11543 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11544 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11545 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11546 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11547 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11551 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11552 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11553 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11554 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11556 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11557 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11558 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11559 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11560 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11562 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11563 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11564 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11565 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11567 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11568 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11569 shown in some of the buffers.
11571 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11573 The following commands help control operation :
11575 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11576 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11578 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11579 detailed description of this mode.
11582 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11583 | GDB Toolbar |
11584 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11585 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11586 | | |
11587 | | |
11588 | | |
11589 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11590 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11591 | | (comint-mode) |
11592 | | |
11593 | | |
11594 | | |
11595 | | |
11596 | | |
11597 | | |
11598 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11599 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11600 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11601 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11602 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11603 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11605 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11607 ;;;***
11609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20928 13222
11610 ;;;;;; 500272 0))
11611 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11613 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11614 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11615 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11616 instead (which see).")
11618 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11619 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11621 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11622 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11623 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11624 documentation string instead.
11626 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11627 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11628 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11629 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11630 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11631 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11632 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11633 enders are actually possible.
11635 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11636 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11638 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11639 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11640 `font-lock-keywords'.
11642 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11643 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11644 runs the macro expansion.
11646 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11647 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11648 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11650 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11652 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11654 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11656 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11658 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11659 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11661 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11663 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11664 Enter generic mode MODE.
11666 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11667 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11668 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11670 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11671 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11673 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11675 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11676 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11677 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11678 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11679 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11680 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11681 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11682 `font-lock-keywords'.
11684 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11686 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11688 ;;;***
11690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (20709 26818
11691 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11694 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11695 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11696 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11697 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11698 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11699 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11703 ;;;***
11705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (20709 26818
11706 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11707 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11709 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11710 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11711 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11713 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11715 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11716 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11718 Guideline for numbers:
11719 1 - error messages
11720 3 - non-serious error messages
11721 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11722 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11723 9 - messages inside loops.
11725 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11727 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11728 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11729 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11731 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11733 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11734 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11736 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11738 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11739 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11741 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11742 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11743 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11744 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11745 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11746 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11748 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11749 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11750 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11751 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11752 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11754 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11756 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11758 ;;;***
11760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21002 1963 769129 0))
11761 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11762 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11763 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11764 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11766 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11767 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11771 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11772 Read network news.
11773 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11774 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11775 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11776 name of an NNTP server to use.
11777 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11778 server.
11780 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11782 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11783 Read news as a slave.
11785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11787 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11788 Pop up a frame to read news.
11789 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11790 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11791 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11792 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11793 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11794 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11795 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11796 current display is used.
11798 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11800 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11801 Read network news.
11802 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11803 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11804 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11806 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11808 ;;;***
11810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21048 47760
11811 ;;;;;; 436258 0))
11812 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11814 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11815 Start Gnus unplugged.
11817 \(fn)" t nil)
11819 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11820 Start Gnus plugged.
11822 \(fn)" t nil)
11824 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11825 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11829 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11830 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11832 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11833 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11834 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11836 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11837 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11838 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11840 \(fn)" t nil)
11842 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11843 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11845 \(fn)" nil nil)
11847 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11848 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11849 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11850 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11851 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11852 supported.
11854 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11856 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11857 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11858 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11859 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11860 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11861 supported.
11863 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11865 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11866 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11868 \(fn)" nil nil)
11870 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11871 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11872 downloaded into the agent.
11874 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11876 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11877 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11878 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11879 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11881 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11883 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11884 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11886 \(fn)" t nil)
11888 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11889 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11891 \(fn)" t nil)
11893 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11894 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11895 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11897 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11899 ;;;***
11901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21141 54458
11902 ;;;;;; 609734 0))
11903 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11905 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11906 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11908 \(fn)" nil nil)
11910 ;;;***
11912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21040
11913 ;;;;;; 17194 398147 0))
11914 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11916 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11917 Set a bookmark for this article.
11919 \(fn)" t nil)
11921 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11922 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11924 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11926 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11927 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11928 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11929 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11930 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11932 \(fn)" t nil)
11934 ;;;***
11936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20709 26818
11937 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
11938 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11940 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11941 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11943 Usage:
11944 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11946 \(fn)" t nil)
11948 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11949 Generate the cache active file.
11951 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11953 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11954 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11956 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11958 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11959 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11960 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11961 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11962 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11963 supported.
11965 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11967 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11968 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11969 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11970 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11971 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11972 supported.
11974 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11976 ;;;***
11978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20988 22031
11979 ;;;;;; 837044 0))
11980 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11982 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11983 Delay this article by some time.
11984 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11986 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11987 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11989 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11990 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11992 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11993 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11995 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11997 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11998 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12000 \(fn)" t nil)
12002 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12003 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12004 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12005 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12007 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12008 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12010 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12012 ;;;***
12014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20709 26818
12015 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12016 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12018 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12021 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12023 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12026 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12028 ;;;***
12030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (20709 26818
12031 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12032 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12034 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12035 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12037 \(fn)" t nil)
12039 ;;;***
12041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (20709 26818
12042 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12043 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12045 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12046 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12048 \(fn)" t nil)
12050 ;;;***
12052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20709 26818
12053 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12054 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12056 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12057 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12059 \(fn)" t nil)
12061 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12062 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12064 \(fn)" t nil)
12066 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12067 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12069 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12070 different input formats.
12072 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12074 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12075 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12077 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12078 different input formats.
12080 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12082 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12083 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12084 The PNG is returned as a string.
12086 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12088 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12089 Convert FILE to a Face.
12090 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12091 726 bytes.
12093 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12095 ;;;***
12097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20874
12098 ;;;;;; 65006 176325 548000))
12099 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12101 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12102 Display gravatar in the From header.
12103 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12105 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12107 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12108 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12109 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12111 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12113 ;;;***
12115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21104 56491
12116 ;;;;;; 538513 0))
12117 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12119 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12120 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12121 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12122 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12124 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12126 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12127 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12129 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12131 ;;;***
12133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21141 54458
12134 ;;;;;; 609734 0))
12135 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12137 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12140 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12142 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12145 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12147 ;;;***
12149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21040 17194
12150 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
12151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12153 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12155 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12156 Run batched scoring.
12157 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12159 \(fn)" t nil)
12161 ;;;***
12163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (20709 26818 907104
12164 ;;;;;; 0))
12165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12167 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12170 \(fn)" nil nil)
12172 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12173 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12174 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12176 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12178 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12179 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12181 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12185 ;;;***
12187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (20709 26818
12188 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12189 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12191 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12192 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12193 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12194 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12195 group parameters.
12197 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12198 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12199 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12200 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12202 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12203 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12204 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12205 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12206 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12207 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12208 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12209 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12210 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12211 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12213 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12215 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12216 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12217 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12218 nil CATCH-ALL).
12220 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12221 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12223 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12225 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12226 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12227 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12229 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12231 \(fn)" nil nil)
12233 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12234 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12235 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12237 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12239 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12240 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12241 existing groups are considered.
12243 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12244 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12245 returned.
12247 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12248 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12249 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12250 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12251 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12252 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12253 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12254 clauses will be generated.
12256 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12257 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12258 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12259 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12260 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12261 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12263 For example, given the following group parameters:
12265 nnml:mail.bar:
12266 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12267 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12268 nnml:mail.foo:
12269 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12270 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12271 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12272 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12273 nnml:mail.others:
12274 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12276 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12278 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12279 \"mail.bar\")
12280 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12281 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12282 \"mail.others\")
12284 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12286 ;;;***
12288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20974 22577
12289 ;;;;;; 548213 0))
12290 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12292 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12293 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12294 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12295 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12296 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12297 instead.
12299 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12301 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12302 Mail to ADDRESS.
12304 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12306 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12307 Like `message-reply'.
12309 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12311 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12313 ;;;***
12315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12316 ;;;;;; (20886 939 575794 0))
12317 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12319 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12320 Send a notification on new message.
12321 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12322 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12323 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12325 This is typically a function to add in
12326 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12328 \(fn)" nil nil)
12330 ;;;***
12332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (20874 65006
12333 ;;;;;; 672942 217000))
12334 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12336 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12337 Display picons in the From header.
12338 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12340 \(fn)" t nil)
12342 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12343 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12344 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12346 \(fn)" t nil)
12348 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12349 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12350 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12352 \(fn)" t nil)
12354 ;;;***
12356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20709 26818
12357 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12358 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12360 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12361 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12362 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12363 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12365 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12367 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12368 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12369 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12370 LIST1 is modified.
12372 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12374 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12375 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12376 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12378 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12380 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12383 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12385 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12386 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12387 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12389 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12391 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12392 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12393 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12395 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12397 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12399 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12400 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12401 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12403 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12405 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12406 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12407 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12409 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12411 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12412 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12413 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12415 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12417 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12418 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12420 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12422 ;;;***
12424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20955
12425 ;;;;;; 58152 201869 0))
12426 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12428 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12429 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12431 \(fn)" t nil)
12433 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12434 Install the registry hooks.
12436 \(fn)" t nil)
12438 ;;;***
12440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20709 26818
12441 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12442 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12444 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12445 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12446 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12447 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12448 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12449 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12451 \(fn)" t nil)
12453 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12454 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12455 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12456 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12457 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12459 \(fn)" t nil)
12461 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12464 \(fn)" t nil)
12466 ;;;***
12468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21042 58928
12469 ;;;;;; 39127 0))
12470 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12472 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12473 Update the format specification near point.
12475 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12477 ;;;***
12479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (20986 60038
12480 ;;;;;; 720063 0))
12481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12483 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12484 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12486 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12488 ;;;***
12490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21048 47760
12491 ;;;;;; 436258 0))
12492 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12494 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12495 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12496 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12498 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12500 ;;;***
12502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20709 26818
12503 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12504 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12506 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12507 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12509 \(fn)" t nil)
12511 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12512 Install the sync hooks.
12514 \(fn)" t nil)
12516 ;;;***
12518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (20709 26818
12519 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
12520 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12522 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12523 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12525 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12527 ;;;***
12529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21049 14338 391345
12530 ;;;;;; 0))
12531 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12533 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12534 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12535 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12536 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12537 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12538 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12540 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12542 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12544 ;;;***
12546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21139 62016 336404
12547 ;;;;;; 0))
12548 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12550 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12551 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12553 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12554 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12555 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12557 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12558 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12559 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12561 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12562 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12564 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12565 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12567 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12569 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12571 ;;;***
12573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20766 6456
12574 ;;;;;; 368550 0))
12575 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12577 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12579 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12580 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12581 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12582 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12583 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12585 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12587 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12588 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12589 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12590 or to send e-mail.
12591 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12592 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12594 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12595 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12597 \(fn)" t nil)
12598 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12600 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12601 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12602 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12603 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12604 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12608 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12609 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12613 ;;;***
12615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20901 54695
12616 ;;;;;; 989166 0))
12617 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12619 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12620 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12621 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12623 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12625 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12626 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12628 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12630 ;;;***
12632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20896 36774 886399
12633 ;;;;;; 0))
12634 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12636 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12637 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12639 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12641 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12642 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12643 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12644 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12645 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12647 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12648 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12649 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12651 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12653 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12654 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12655 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12656 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12657 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12659 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12661 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12662 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12664 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12666 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12667 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12669 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12670 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12671 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12673 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12674 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12675 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12677 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12678 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12679 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12680 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12682 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12683 How to invoke find and grep.
12684 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12685 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12686 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12687 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12689 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12691 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12692 History list for grep.")
12694 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12695 History list for grep-find.")
12697 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12698 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12699 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12701 \(fn)" nil nil)
12703 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12706 \(fn)" nil nil)
12708 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12709 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12711 \(fn)" nil nil)
12713 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12714 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12715 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12716 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12717 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12719 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12720 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12722 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12723 can easily repeat a grep command.
12725 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12726 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12727 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12728 list is empty).
12730 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12732 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12733 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12734 Collect output in a buffer.
12735 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12736 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12738 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12739 easily repeat a find command.
12741 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12743 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12745 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12746 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12747 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12748 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12749 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12751 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12752 before it is executed.
12753 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12755 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12756 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12757 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12759 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12761 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12763 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12764 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12765 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12766 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12767 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12769 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12770 before it is executed.
12771 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12773 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12774 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12775 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12776 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12778 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12780 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12781 to specify a command to run.
12783 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12785 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12786 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12787 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12788 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12790 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12792 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12794 ;;;***
12796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12797 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12799 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12800 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12801 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12802 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12803 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12805 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12807 ;;;***
12809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21126 691 872266
12810 ;;;;;; 0))
12811 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12813 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12814 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12815 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12816 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12818 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12820 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12821 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12822 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12823 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12825 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12827 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12828 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12829 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12830 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12832 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12834 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12835 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12836 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12837 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12839 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12840 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12842 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12844 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12845 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12846 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12847 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12849 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12851 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12852 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12853 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12854 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12856 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12858 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12859 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12860 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12861 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12862 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12864 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12865 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12866 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12867 original source file access method.
12869 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12870 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12872 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12874 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12875 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12877 \(fn)" t nil)
12879 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12880 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12881 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12882 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12883 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12884 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12886 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12888 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12889 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12890 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12891 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12892 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12896 ;;;***
12898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21114 9531 52922 0))
12899 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12901 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12902 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12903 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12904 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12905 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12906 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12907 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12908 set it to.
12909 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12911 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12913 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12914 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12915 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12916 of PLACE.
12917 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12918 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12919 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12920 and SETTER.
12921 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12922 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12924 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12926 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12928 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12929 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12930 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12931 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12932 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12934 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12936 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12938 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12941 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12943 (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist)
12945 (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist)
12947 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12948 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12949 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12950 well for simple place forms.
12951 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12952 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12953 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12954 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12955 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12956 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12957 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12959 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12961 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12963 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12964 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12965 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12966 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12967 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12969 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12970 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12971 (let ((temp VAL))
12972 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12973 temp)
12974 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12976 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12978 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12979 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12980 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12981 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12982 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12983 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12985 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12987 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12989 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12990 Return a reference to PLACE.
12991 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12993 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12995 ;;;***
12997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20791 9657
12998 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
12999 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13001 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13002 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13003 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13004 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13006 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13007 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13008 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13009 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13011 \(fn)" t nil)
13013 ;;;***
13015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (20478 3673 653810
13016 ;;;;;; 0))
13017 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13019 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13020 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13022 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13024 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13025 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13026 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13027 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13029 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13031 \(fn)" t nil)
13033 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13034 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13035 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13036 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13037 to be updated.
13039 \(fn)" t nil)
13041 ;;;***
13043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20709 26818
13044 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
13045 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13047 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13048 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13050 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13052 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13053 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13054 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13056 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13058 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13059 Verify a hashcash payment
13061 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13063 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13064 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13065 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13066 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13067 `mail-add-payment-async').
13069 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13071 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13072 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13073 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13074 Calculation is asynchronous.
13076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13078 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13079 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13080 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13084 ;;;***
13086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20709 26818 907104
13087 ;;;;;; 0))
13088 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13090 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13091 Return the help-echo string at point.
13092 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13093 property, or nil, is returned.
13094 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13095 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13096 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13098 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13100 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13101 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13102 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13103 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13104 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13106 \(fn)" nil nil)
13108 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13109 Display local help in the echo area.
13110 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13111 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13112 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13113 printed instead.
13115 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13116 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13117 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13121 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13122 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13123 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13125 \(fn)" t nil)
13127 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13128 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13129 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13131 \(fn)" t nil)
13133 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13134 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13135 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13136 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13137 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13138 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13139 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13140 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13141 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13142 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13143 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13145 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13146 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13147 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13148 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13149 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13151 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13152 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13153 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13154 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13155 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13156 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13157 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13158 The default is `never'.")
13160 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13162 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13163 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13164 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13165 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13166 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13167 considered different regions.
13169 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13170 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13171 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13172 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13173 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13174 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13175 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13176 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13177 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13179 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13181 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13182 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13183 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13184 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13185 different regions.
13187 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13188 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13189 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13190 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13191 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13192 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13193 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13194 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13196 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13197 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13198 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13199 rarely happens in practice.
13201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13203 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13204 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13205 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13206 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13207 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13208 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13212 ;;;***
13214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20924 16196 967284
13215 ;;;;;; 0))
13216 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13218 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13219 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13221 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13223 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13224 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13225 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13227 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13229 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13230 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13231 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13232 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13233 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13234 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13235 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13236 search for a function definition.
13238 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13239 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13240 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13241 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13242 suitable file is found, return nil.
13244 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13246 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13249 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13251 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13252 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13253 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13254 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13256 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13258 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13259 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13260 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13261 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13262 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13263 it is displayed along with the global value.
13265 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13267 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13268 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13269 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13270 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13272 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13274 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13275 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13276 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13277 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13278 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13280 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13282 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13283 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13285 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13287 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13288 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13290 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13292 ;;;***
13294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (20992 52525 458637
13295 ;;;;;; 0))
13296 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13298 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13299 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13300 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13301 window listing and describing the options.
13302 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13303 gives the window that lists the options.")
13305 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13307 ;;;***
13309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21048 47760 436258
13310 ;;;;;; 0))
13311 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13313 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13314 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13315 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13316 Commands:
13317 \\{help-mode-map}
13319 \(fn)" t nil)
13321 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13324 \(fn)" nil nil)
13326 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13329 \(fn)" nil nil)
13331 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13332 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13334 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13335 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13336 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13337 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13339 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13340 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13341 restore it properly when going back.
13343 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13345 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13346 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13347 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13348 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13349 from `help-mode'.
13350 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13351 it does not already exist.
13353 \(fn)" nil nil)
13355 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13356 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13358 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13359 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13360 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13361 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13362 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13363 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13364 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13365 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13367 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13368 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13369 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13370 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13372 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13373 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13374 that.
13376 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13378 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13379 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13380 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13381 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13382 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13383 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13385 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13387 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13388 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13389 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13390 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13391 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13393 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13395 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13396 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13398 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13400 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13401 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13402 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13403 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13405 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13407 ;;;***
13409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20992 52525
13410 ;;;;;; 458637 0))
13411 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13413 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13414 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13416 \(fn)" t nil)
13418 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13419 Provide help for current mode.
13421 \(fn)" t nil)
13423 ;;;***
13425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
13426 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13428 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13429 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13430 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13431 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13432 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13434 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13435 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13437 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13438 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13439 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13440 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13442 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13443 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13444 periods.
13446 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13447 in hexl format.
13449 A sample format:
13451 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13452 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13453 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13454 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13455 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13456 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13457 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13458 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13459 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13460 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13461 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13462 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13463 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13464 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13465 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13467 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13468 cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13469 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13471 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13472 also supported.
13474 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13476 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13477 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13478 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13480 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13481 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13482 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13484 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13485 into the buffer at the current point.
13487 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13488 into the buffer at the current point.
13490 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13491 into the buffer at the current point.
13493 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13495 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13496 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13498 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13500 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13504 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13505 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13506 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13507 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13509 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13511 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13512 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13513 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13515 \(fn)" t nil)
13517 ;;;***
13519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (20908 27948 216644
13520 ;;;;;; 0))
13521 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13523 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13524 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13525 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13526 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13527 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13529 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13530 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13531 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13532 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13534 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13535 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13536 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13537 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13539 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13540 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13541 which can be called interactively, are:
13543 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13544 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13546 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13547 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13548 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13549 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13551 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13552 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13554 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13555 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13556 available face automatically.
13558 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13559 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13561 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13562 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13563 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13564 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13565 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13566 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13567 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13568 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13569 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13570 function returns t.
13572 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13573 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13575 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13576 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13577 form:
13578 Hi-lock: FOO
13580 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13581 position (number of characters into buffer)
13582 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13583 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13584 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13588 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13589 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13590 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13591 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13592 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13593 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13595 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13597 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13598 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13599 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13600 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13601 ARG is omitted or nil.
13603 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13604 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13605 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13609 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13611 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13612 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13613 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Use
13614 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13615 value(s) of REGEXP. Use the global history list for FACE.
13617 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13618 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13619 highlighting will not update as you type.
13621 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13623 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13625 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13626 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13627 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Use
13628 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13629 value(s) REGEXP. Use the global history list for FACE.
13631 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13632 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13633 highlighting will not update as you type.
13635 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13637 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13639 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13640 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13641 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Use
13642 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13643 value(s) of REGEXP. Use the global history list for FACE. When
13644 called interactively, replace whitespace in user provided regexp
13645 with arbitrary whitespace and make initial lower-case letters
13646 case-insensitive before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13648 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13649 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13650 highlighting will not update as you type.
13652 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13654 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13656 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13657 Set face of each match of the symbol at point.
13658 Use `find-tag-default-as-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13659 Use non-nil `hi-lock-auto-select-face' to retrieve the next face
13660 from `hi-lock-face-defaults' automatically.
13662 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight symbol at point.
13663 Otherwise, use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used,
13664 the highlighting will not update as you type.
13666 \(fn)" t nil)
13668 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13670 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13671 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13672 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13673 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13674 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13675 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13677 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13679 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13680 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13682 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13683 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13684 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13686 \(fn)" t nil)
13688 ;;;***
13690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (20709 26818
13691 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
13692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13694 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13695 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13696 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13697 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13698 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13700 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13701 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13702 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13703 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13705 `hide-ifdef-env'
13706 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13707 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13708 is used.
13710 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13711 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13712 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13713 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13714 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13716 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13717 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13718 #endif lines when hiding.
13720 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13721 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13722 is activated.
13724 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13725 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13726 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13728 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13732 ;;;***
13734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (20791 9657
13735 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
13736 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13738 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13739 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13740 Each element has the form
13741 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13743 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13744 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13746 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13747 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13749 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13750 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13751 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13752 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13753 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13754 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13756 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13757 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13759 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13760 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13762 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13763 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13764 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13766 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13767 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13768 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13769 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13770 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13772 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13773 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13774 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13776 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13777 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13778 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13780 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13781 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13783 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13785 Key bindings:
13786 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13790 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13791 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13793 \(fn)" nil nil)
13795 ;;;***
13797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20992 52525 458637
13798 ;;;;;; 0))
13799 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13801 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13802 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13803 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13804 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13805 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13807 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13808 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13809 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13810 this on and off.
13812 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13813 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13814 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13815 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13816 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13817 through various faces.
13818 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13819 buffer with the contents of a file
13820 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13824 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13825 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13826 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13827 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13828 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13830 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13831 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13832 in a distinctive face.
13834 The default value can be customized with variable
13835 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13837 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13841 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13842 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13843 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13845 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13847 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13848 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13850 \(fn)" t nil)
13852 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13853 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13855 \(fn)" t nil)
13857 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13858 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13860 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13861 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13862 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13863 shown in the last face in the list.
13865 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13866 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13867 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13869 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13871 \(fn)" t nil)
13873 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13874 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13876 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13878 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13879 to save the file.
13881 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13882 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13884 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13885 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13886 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13888 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13890 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13891 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13893 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13894 this function is called interactively.
13896 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13897 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13898 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13900 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13901 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13902 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13904 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13906 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13907 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13908 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13909 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13910 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13911 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13913 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13915 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13916 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13917 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13918 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13919 ARG is omitted or nil.
13921 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13922 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13923 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13925 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13927 ;;;***
13929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (20992 52525 458637
13930 ;;;;;; 0))
13931 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13932 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13934 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13935 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13936 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13937 or insert functions in this list.")
13939 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13941 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13942 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13943 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13944 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13945 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13946 expansions.
13947 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13948 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13949 undoes the expansion.
13951 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13953 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13954 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13955 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13956 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13958 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13960 ;;;***
13962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (20992 52525 458637
13963 ;;;;;; 0))
13964 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13966 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13967 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13968 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13969 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13970 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13972 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13973 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13974 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13975 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13976 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13977 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13979 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13980 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13981 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13982 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13986 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13987 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13988 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13989 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13990 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13991 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13993 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13995 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13996 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13997 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13998 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13999 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14001 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14002 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14003 windows.
14005 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14006 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14010 ;;;***
14012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (20709 26818
14013 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
14014 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14016 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
14018 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14019 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14020 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14022 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14024 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14026 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
14028 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14029 Oriental holidays.
14030 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14032 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14034 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14036 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
14038 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14039 Local holidays.
14040 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14042 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14044 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14046 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
14048 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14049 User defined holidays.
14050 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14052 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14054 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14056 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14057 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14059 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14061 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14062 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14064 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14066 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14067 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14069 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14071 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14072 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14074 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14076 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14078 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14079 Jewish holidays.
14080 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14082 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14084 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14086 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14088 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14089 Christian holidays.
14090 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14092 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14094 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14096 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14098 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14099 Islamic holidays.
14100 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14102 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14104 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14106 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14108 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14109 Bahá'í holidays.
14110 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14112 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14114 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14116 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14118 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14119 Sun-related holidays.
14120 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14122 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14124 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14126 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14128 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14129 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14130 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14131 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14135 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14136 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14137 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14138 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14139 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14141 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14142 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14144 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14145 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14147 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14148 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14149 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14150 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14151 of a holiday list.
14153 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14155 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14157 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14159 ;;;***
14161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20791 9657
14162 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
14163 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14165 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14166 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14168 \(fn)" t nil)
14170 ;;;***
14172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21124 45614
14173 ;;;;;; 800155 912000))
14174 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14175 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14177 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14178 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14179 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14180 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14181 as possible.
14183 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14184 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14185 fontified display.
14187 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14188 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14190 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14191 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14192 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14194 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14196 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14197 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14198 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14200 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14202 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14204 ;;;***
14206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20709 26818 907104
14207 ;;;;;; 0))
14208 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14210 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14211 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14213 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14214 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14215 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14217 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14218 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14219 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14220 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14221 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14222 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14224 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14225 title of the column.
14227 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14228 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14229 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14230 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14231 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14233 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14235 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14236 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14237 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14238 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14239 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14241 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14242 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14243 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14245 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14247 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14248 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14249 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14250 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14251 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14252 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14254 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14255 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14256 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14257 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14258 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14259 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14260 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14261 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14262 values are:
14263 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14264 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14265 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14266 buffer's modification flag.
14267 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14268 prompted before performing this operation.
14269 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14270 operation is complete, in the form:
14271 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14272 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14273 confirmation message, in the form:
14274 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14275 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14276 macro for exactly what it does.
14278 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14280 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14281 Define a filter named NAME.
14282 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14283 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14284 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14286 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14287 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14288 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14289 bound to the current value of the filter.
14291 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14293 ;;;***
14295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21105 26139 752484
14296 ;;;;;; 0))
14297 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14299 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14300 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14301 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14302 buffers which are visiting a file.
14304 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14306 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14307 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14308 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14309 buffers which are visiting a file.
14311 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14313 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14314 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14315 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14317 All arguments are optional.
14318 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14319 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14320 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14321 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14322 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14323 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14324 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14325 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14326 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14327 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14328 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14329 that value locally in this buffer.
14331 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14333 ;;;***
14335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21077
14336 ;;;;;; 65494 651556 676000))
14337 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14338 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14340 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14341 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14342 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14343 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14345 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14347 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14348 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14349 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14350 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14351 ICAL-FILENAME.
14352 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14353 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14354 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14356 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14358 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14359 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14360 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14361 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14362 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14363 non-marking or not.
14365 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14367 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14368 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14370 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14371 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14372 DIARY-FILE.
14374 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14375 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14376 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14378 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14379 non-marking.
14381 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14382 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14383 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14385 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14387 ;;;***
14389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21091 44456 774347
14390 ;;;;;; 0))
14391 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14393 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14394 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14395 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14396 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14397 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14398 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14400 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14402 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14403 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14404 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14405 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14406 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14410 ;;;***
14412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20709 26818 907104
14413 ;;;;;; 0))
14414 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14416 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14417 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14418 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14419 Tab indents for Icon code.
14420 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14421 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14422 \\{icon-mode-map}
14423 Variables controlling indentation style:
14424 icon-tab-always-indent
14425 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14426 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14427 icon-auto-newline
14428 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14429 inserted in Icon code.
14430 icon-indent-level
14431 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14432 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14433 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14434 icon-continued-statement-offset
14435 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14436 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14437 icon-continued-brace-offset
14438 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14439 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14440 icon-brace-offset
14441 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14442 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14443 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14444 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14446 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14447 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14449 \(fn)" t nil)
14451 ;;;***
14453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (20938
14454 ;;;;;; 49065 383398 0))
14455 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14457 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14458 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14459 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14460 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14462 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14463 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14464 separate frames.
14466 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14467 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14469 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14470 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14471 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14473 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14475 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14477 ;;;***
14479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (20929 34089
14480 ;;;;;; 117790 0))
14481 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14482 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14484 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14485 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14487 The main features of this mode are
14489 1. Indentation and Formatting
14490 --------------------------
14491 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14492 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14494 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14495 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14496 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14497 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14499 Comments are indented as follows:
14501 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14502 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14503 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14505 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14507 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14508 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14509 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14510 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14511 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14512 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14514 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14515 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14516 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14517 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14519 2. Routine Info
14520 ------------
14521 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14522 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14523 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14524 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14525 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14526 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14527 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14528 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14529 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14530 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14532 3. Online IDL Help
14533 ---------------
14535 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14536 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14537 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14538 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14540 4. Completion
14541 ----------
14542 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14543 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14544 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14545 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14546 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14547 upper case.
14549 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14550 --------------------------------
14551 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14552 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14554 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14555 \\fu FUNCTION template
14556 \\c CASE statement template
14557 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14558 \\f FOR loop template
14559 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14560 \\w WHILE loop template
14561 \\i IF statement template
14562 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14563 \\b BEGIN
14565 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14566 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14568 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14569 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14570 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14571 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14573 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14574 -------------------------
14575 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14576 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14578 7. Automatic END completion
14579 ------------------------
14580 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14581 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14583 8. Hooks
14584 -----
14585 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14586 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14588 9. Documentation and Customization
14589 -------------------------------
14590 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14591 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14592 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14593 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14594 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14596 10.Keybindings
14597 -----------
14598 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14599 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14600 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14602 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14604 \(fn)" t nil)
14606 ;;;***
14608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21103 35626 321341 0))
14609 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14611 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14612 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14613 The following values are possible:
14614 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14615 displaying...)
14616 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14617 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14618 - nil: Turn off any ido switching.
14620 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14621 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14623 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14625 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14626 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14627 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14628 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14629 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14630 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14631 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14632 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14633 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14637 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14638 Switch to another buffer.
14639 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14640 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14641 in another frame.
14643 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14644 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14645 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14646 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14647 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14649 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14650 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14652 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14654 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14655 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14656 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14657 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14658 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14659 in a separate window.
14660 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14661 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14662 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14663 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14664 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14665 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14666 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14667 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14668 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14670 \(fn)" t nil)
14672 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14673 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14674 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14675 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14677 \(fn)" t nil)
14679 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14680 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14681 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14682 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14684 \(fn)" t nil)
14686 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14687 Kill a buffer.
14688 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14689 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14691 \(fn)" t nil)
14693 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14694 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14695 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14696 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14698 \(fn)" t nil)
14700 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14701 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14702 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14703 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14705 \(fn)" t nil)
14707 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14708 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14710 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14712 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14713 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14714 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14715 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14716 visible in another frame.
14718 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14719 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14720 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14721 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14722 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14723 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14725 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14726 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14728 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14730 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14731 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14732 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14733 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14734 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14735 in a separate window.
14736 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14737 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14738 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14739 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14740 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14741 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14742 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14743 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14744 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14745 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14746 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14747 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14748 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14749 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14750 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14752 \(fn)" t nil)
14754 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14755 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14756 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14757 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14759 \(fn)" t nil)
14761 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14762 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14763 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14764 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14766 \(fn)" t nil)
14768 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14769 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14770 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14771 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14773 \(fn)" t nil)
14775 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14776 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14777 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14778 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14780 \(fn)" t nil)
14782 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14783 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14784 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14785 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14787 \(fn)" t nil)
14789 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14790 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14791 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14792 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14794 \(fn)" t nil)
14796 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14797 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14798 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14799 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14801 \(fn)" t nil)
14803 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14804 Write current buffer to a file.
14805 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14806 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14808 \(fn)" t nil)
14810 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14811 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14812 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14813 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14815 \(fn)" t nil)
14817 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14818 Call `dired' the ido way.
14819 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14820 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14822 \(fn)" t nil)
14824 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14825 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14826 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14827 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14828 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14829 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14831 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14833 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14834 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14835 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14836 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14838 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14840 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14841 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14842 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14843 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14845 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14847 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14848 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14849 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14850 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14851 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14852 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14853 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14854 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14855 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14856 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14857 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14858 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14859 with point positioned at the end.
14860 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14861 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14863 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14865 ;;;***
14867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21089 2732 351717 0))
14868 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14870 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14871 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14872 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14873 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14875 \(fn)" t nil)
14877 ;;;***
14879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
14880 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14882 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14884 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14885 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14887 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14888 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14889 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14893 ;;;***
14895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21107 32686 465643 0))
14896 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14898 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14899 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14900 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14901 be determined.
14903 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14905 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14906 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14907 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14908 be determined.
14910 \(fn)" nil nil)
14912 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14913 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14914 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14915 be determined.
14917 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14919 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14920 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14921 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14922 be determined.
14924 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14926 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14927 Determine and return image type.
14928 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14929 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14930 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14931 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14932 use its file extension as image type.
14933 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14935 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14937 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14938 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14939 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14941 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14943 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14944 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14945 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14947 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14948 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14949 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14950 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14951 must be available.
14953 \(fn)" nil nil)
14955 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14956 Create an image.
14957 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14958 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14959 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14960 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14961 use its file extension as image type.
14962 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14963 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14964 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14965 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14967 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14969 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14970 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14971 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14973 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14975 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14976 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14977 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14978 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14979 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14980 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14981 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14982 POS may be an integer or marker.
14983 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14984 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14985 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14986 means display it in the right marginal area.
14988 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14990 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14991 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14992 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14993 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14994 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14995 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14996 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14997 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14998 means display it in the right marginal area.
14999 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15000 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15001 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15002 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15003 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15005 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15007 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15008 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15009 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15010 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15011 STRING is a single space.
15012 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15013 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15014 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15015 means display it in the right marginal area.
15016 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15018 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15020 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15021 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15022 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15023 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15025 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15027 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15028 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15030 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15032 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15033 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15034 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15035 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15036 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15037 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15038 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15039 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15040 satisfied.
15042 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15044 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15046 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15048 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15049 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15051 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15052 documentation string.
15054 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15055 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15056 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15057 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15058 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15059 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15060 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15061 define SYMBOL.
15063 Example:
15065 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15066 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15068 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15070 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15072 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15073 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15074 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15075 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15077 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15078 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15079 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15080 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15082 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15084 \(fn)" nil nil)
15086 ;;;***
15088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20971 46377
15089 ;;;;;; 737658 0))
15090 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15091 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15093 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15094 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15095 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15096 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15097 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15098 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15102 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15103 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15105 Convenience command that:
15107 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15108 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15109 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15111 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15112 image files in dired and type
15113 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15115 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15117 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15118 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15120 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15122 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15123 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15124 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15125 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15126 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15127 another one).
15129 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15130 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15131 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15133 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15134 instead of erasing it first.
15136 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15137 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15138 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15139 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15140 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15141 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15143 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15145 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15146 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15147 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15148 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15149 displayed.
15151 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15153 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15155 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15157 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15158 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15160 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15162 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15163 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15164 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15166 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15168 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15169 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15171 \(fn)" t nil)
15173 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15174 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15175 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15176 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15178 \(fn)" t nil)
15180 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15181 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15183 \(fn)" t nil)
15185 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15186 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15188 \(fn)" t nil)
15190 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15191 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15193 \(fn)" t nil)
15195 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15196 Display current image file.
15197 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15198 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15202 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15203 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15205 \(fn)" t nil)
15207 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15208 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15209 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15210 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15211 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15212 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15213 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15215 \(fn)" t nil)
15217 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15218 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15219 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15220 easy-to-use form.
15222 \(fn)" t nil)
15224 ;;;***
15226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (20709 26818 907104
15227 ;;;;;; 0))
15228 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15230 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15231 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15232 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15233 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15235 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15236 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15237 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15238 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15240 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15242 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15243 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15244 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15245 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15247 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15248 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15249 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15250 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15252 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15254 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15255 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15257 \(fn)" nil nil)
15259 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15260 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15261 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15262 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15264 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15266 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15267 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15268 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15269 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15270 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15271 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15273 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15275 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15276 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15277 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15278 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15279 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15281 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15282 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15283 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15287 ;;;***
15289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21005 64551 555603
15290 ;;;;;; 0))
15291 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15293 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15294 Major mode for image files.
15295 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15296 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15298 Key bindings:
15299 \\{image-mode-map}
15301 \(fn)" t nil)
15303 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15304 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15305 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15306 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15307 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15309 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15310 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15311 actual image.
15313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15315 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15316 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15317 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15318 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15319 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15320 to display an image file as the actual image.
15322 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15323 to display an image file as text initially.
15325 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15326 on these modes.
15328 \(fn)" t nil)
15330 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15333 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15335 ;;;***
15337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21145 51520 109004 0))
15338 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15340 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15341 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15343 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15345 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15346 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15347 in the buffer.
15349 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15351 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15352 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15353 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15355 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15357 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15358 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15359 Each element of this list should have the form
15361 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15363 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15364 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15365 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15366 matches are put).
15367 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15368 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15369 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15370 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15371 another element.
15372 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15373 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15374 the menu item.
15375 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15376 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15377 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15378 the ARGUMENTS.
15380 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15381 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15382 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15384 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15385 create a buffer index.
15387 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15388 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15389 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15390 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15391 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15393 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15395 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15396 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15398 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15399 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15400 called within a `save-excursion'.
15402 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15404 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15406 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15407 Function for finding the next index position.
15409 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15410 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15411 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15412 file.
15414 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15415 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15417 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15419 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15420 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15422 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15423 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15424 It should return the name for that index item.")
15426 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15428 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15429 Function to compare string with index item.
15431 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15432 non-nil if they match.
15434 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15435 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15436 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15437 arguments match\".")
15439 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15441 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15442 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15443 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15445 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15446 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15448 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15450 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15452 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15453 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15454 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15455 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15457 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15459 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15460 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15462 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15464 \(fn)" t nil)
15466 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15467 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15468 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15469 for more information.
15471 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15473 ;;;***
15475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20826 45095
15476 ;;;;;; 436233 0))
15477 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15479 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15480 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15482 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15484 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15487 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15489 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15492 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15494 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15497 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15499 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15500 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15502 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15504 ;;;***
15506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21098 17703
15507 ;;;;;; 588969 0))
15508 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15510 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15511 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15512 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15513 to that buffer.
15514 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15515 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15516 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15517 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15519 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15521 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15523 ;;;***
15525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
15526 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15528 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15529 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15530 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15531 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15532 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15533 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15534 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15535 first in this list.
15537 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15538 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15539 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15540 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15541 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15543 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15544 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15545 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15547 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15548 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15550 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15551 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15553 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15554 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15555 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15556 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15557 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15558 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15559 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15560 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15561 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15562 with the top-level Info directory.
15564 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15565 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15567 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15568 \"*info*<%s>\".
15570 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15571 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15572 in all the directories in that path.
15574 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15576 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15578 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15579 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15581 \(fn)" t nil)
15583 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15584 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15586 \(fn)" t nil)
15588 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15589 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15590 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15591 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15593 \(fn)" nil nil)
15595 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15596 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15597 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15598 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15600 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15602 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15603 Go to the Info directory node.
15605 \(fn)" t nil)
15607 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15608 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15609 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15610 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15611 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15612 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15614 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15616 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15617 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15618 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15620 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15622 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15623 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15624 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15625 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15626 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15628 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15630 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15631 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15632 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15633 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15634 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15636 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15637 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15639 Selecting other nodes:
15640 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15641 Follow a node reference you click on.
15642 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15643 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15644 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15645 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15646 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15647 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15648 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15649 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15650 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15651 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15652 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15653 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15654 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15655 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15656 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15657 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15658 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15659 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15660 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15661 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15663 Moving within a node:
15664 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15665 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15666 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15667 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15668 move up to the parent node.
15669 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15670 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15671 if there is none.
15672 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15674 Advanced commands:
15675 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15676 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15677 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15678 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15679 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15680 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15681 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15682 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15683 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15684 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15685 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15686 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15687 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15688 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15689 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15690 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15692 \(fn)" t nil)
15693 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15695 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15696 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15697 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15698 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15699 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15700 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15702 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15703 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15705 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15706 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15707 KEY is a string.
15708 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15709 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15710 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15711 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15713 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15715 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15716 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15717 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15719 \(fn)" t nil)
15721 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15722 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15723 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15725 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15727 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15728 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15729 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15730 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15732 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15734 ;;;***
15736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (20854 24486 190633
15737 ;;;;;; 0))
15738 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15740 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15741 Throw away all cached data.
15742 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15743 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15744 system.
15746 \(fn)" t nil)
15747 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15749 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15750 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15751 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15752 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15753 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15754 one found at point.
15756 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15758 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15759 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15761 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15762 Display the documentation of a file.
15763 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15764 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15765 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15766 The default file name is the one found at point.
15768 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15770 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15772 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15773 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15775 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15777 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15778 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15780 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15782 ;;;***
15784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (20947 64044 876888
15785 ;;;;;; 0))
15786 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15787 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15789 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15790 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15791 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15792 current info file is the default.
15794 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15795 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15796 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15797 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15798 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15800 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15801 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15802 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15803 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15804 mistake in the reference.
15806 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15807 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15808 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15810 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15811 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15812 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15813 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15815 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15817 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15818 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15819 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15820 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15821 checked.
15823 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15824 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15825 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15826 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15827 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15828 should be harmless.
15830 \(fn)" t nil)
15832 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15833 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15834 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15835 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15837 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15838 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15839 and can take a long time.
15841 \(fn)" t nil)
15843 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15844 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15845 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15847 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15849 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15850 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15852 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15853 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15854 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15855 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15856 all builtins).
15858 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15859 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15860 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15861 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15862 the sources handy.
15864 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15866 ;;;***
15868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (20774 566 676067
15869 ;;;;;; 0))
15870 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15872 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15873 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15875 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15877 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15878 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15880 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15882 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15883 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15884 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15885 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15887 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15888 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15889 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15891 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15892 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15893 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15894 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15896 \(fn)" t nil)
15898 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15899 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15900 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15902 \(fn)" t nil)
15904 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15905 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15906 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15907 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15908 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15910 \(fn)" nil nil)
15912 ;;;***
15914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (20745 310
15915 ;;;;;; 425822 0))
15916 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15917 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15919 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15920 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15921 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15923 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15925 ;;;***
15927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (20922
15928 ;;;;;; 60838 997229 0))
15929 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15931 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15932 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15934 \(fn)" t nil)
15936 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15937 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15939 \(fn)" t nil)
15941 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15944 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15946 ;;;***
15948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20709 26818 907104
15949 ;;;;;; 0))
15950 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15951 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15953 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15954 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15955 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15956 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15957 accessed via isearchb.
15959 \(fn)" t nil)
15961 ;;;***
15963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (20791
15964 ;;;;;; 9657 561026 0))
15965 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15967 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15968 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15969 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15970 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15971 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15973 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15975 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15976 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15977 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15978 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15979 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15981 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15983 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15984 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15985 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15986 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15987 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15989 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15991 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15992 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15993 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15994 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15995 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15997 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15999 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16000 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16001 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16002 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16003 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16005 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16007 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16008 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16009 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16010 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16011 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16013 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16015 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16016 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16017 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16018 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16019 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16021 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16023 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16024 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16025 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16026 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16028 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16030 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16031 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16032 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16033 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16035 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16037 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16038 Warn that format is read-only.
16040 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16042 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16043 Warn that format is write-only.
16045 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16047 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16048 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16050 \(fn)" t nil)
16052 ;;;***
16054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16055 ;;;;;; (20791 9657 561026 0))
16056 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16057 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16058 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16060 ;;;***
16062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21118 6587
16063 ;;;;;; 141205 0))
16064 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16066 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16068 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16069 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16070 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16071 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16072 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16074 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16076 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16078 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16079 Key map for ispell menu.")
16081 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16082 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16083 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16084 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16086 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16088 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16090 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16092 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16094 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16095 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16096 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16097 Valid forms include:
16098 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16099 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16100 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16101 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16103 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16104 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16105 First list is used raw.
16106 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16108 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16109 for skipping in latex mode.")
16111 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16112 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16113 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16114 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16115 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16116 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16117 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16119 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16120 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16121 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16122 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16124 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16125 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16126 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16127 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16128 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16130 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16131 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16133 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16134 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16136 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16137 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16139 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16140 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16142 Return values:
16143 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16144 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16145 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16146 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16147 quit spell session exited.
16149 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16151 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16152 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16153 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16155 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16157 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16158 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16160 Selections are:
16162 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16163 SPC: Accept word this time.
16164 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16165 `a': Accept word for this session.
16166 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16167 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16168 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16169 `?': Show these commands.
16170 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16171 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16172 the aborted check to be completed later.
16173 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16174 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16175 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16176 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16177 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16178 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16179 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16181 \(fn)" nil nil)
16183 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16184 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16185 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16186 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16188 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16190 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16191 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16192 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16193 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16195 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16197 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16199 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16200 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16201 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16202 amount for last line processed.
16204 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16206 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16207 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16209 \(fn)" t nil)
16211 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16212 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16214 \(fn)" t nil)
16216 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16217 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16218 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16220 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16222 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16223 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16225 \(fn)" t nil)
16227 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16228 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16229 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16230 sequence inside of a word.
16232 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16234 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16236 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16237 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16239 \(fn)" t nil)
16241 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16242 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16243 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16244 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16246 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16247 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16248 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16249 available on the net.
16251 \(fn)" t nil)
16253 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16254 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16255 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16256 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16257 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16259 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16260 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16261 spelled.
16263 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16264 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16265 SPC.
16267 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16268 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16272 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16273 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16274 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16275 Don't check included messages.
16277 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16278 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16279 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16281 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16282 in your init file:
16283 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16284 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16285 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16286 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16288 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16289 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16290 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16292 \(fn)" t nil)
16294 ;;;***
16296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (21120 48308 922449
16297 ;;;;;; 0))
16298 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16300 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16301 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16302 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16303 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16304 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16305 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16307 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16309 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16310 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16311 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16312 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16313 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16315 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16316 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16320 ;;;***
16322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20709
16323 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16324 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16326 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16329 \(fn)" nil nil)
16331 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16332 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16333 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16334 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16335 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16336 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16337 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16338 necessary to represent OBJ.
16340 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16342 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16343 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16344 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16345 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16347 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16349 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16350 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16351 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16352 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16353 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16355 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16357 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16358 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16359 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16360 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16362 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16364 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16365 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16366 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16367 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16369 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16371 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16372 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16374 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16376 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16377 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16378 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16379 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16380 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16382 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16384 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16385 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16386 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16387 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16388 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16390 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16392 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16393 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16394 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16396 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16398 ;;;***
16400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (20998 4934 952905
16401 ;;;;;; 0))
16402 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16404 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16405 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16406 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16407 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16409 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16412 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16414 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16415 Uninstall jka-compr.
16416 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16417 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16418 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16420 \(fn)" nil nil)
16422 ;;;***
16424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21139 12727 345232
16425 ;;;;;; 0))
16426 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16427 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16429 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16430 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16432 \(fn)" t nil)
16433 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16435 ;;;***
16437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21139 12727 345232 0))
16438 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16439 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16441 ;;;***
16443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (20709 26818
16444 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
16445 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16447 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16448 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16449 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16450 decimal key must be specified.")
16452 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16454 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16455 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16456 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16457 decimal key must be specified.")
16459 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16461 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16462 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16463 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16464 decimal key must be specified.")
16466 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16468 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16469 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16470 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16471 decimal key must be specified.")
16473 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16475 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16476 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16477 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16478 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16479 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16480 keys are bound.
16482 Setup Binding
16483 -------------------------------------------------------------
16484 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16485 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16486 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16487 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16488 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16489 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16490 in the global and local keymaps.
16492 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16493 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16495 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16497 ;;;***
16499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (20709
16500 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16501 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16503 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16504 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16505 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16507 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16508 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16509 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16510 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16511 shorter.
16513 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16514 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16515 the context of text formatting.
16517 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16519 ;;;***
16521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20998 4934 952905
16522 ;;;;;; 0))
16523 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16525 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16526 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16527 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16528 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16529 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16530 positions that contains the current selection.")
16532 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16533 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16534 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16535 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16536 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16537 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16538 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16540 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16542 ;;;***
16544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21056 5418 85093 0))
16545 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16546 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16547 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16548 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16549 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16550 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16551 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16552 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16554 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16555 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16557 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16559 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16560 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16561 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16562 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16563 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16565 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16567 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16568 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16569 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16571 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16572 defining the macro.
16574 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16575 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16576 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16578 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16579 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16581 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16583 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16584 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16585 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16586 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16587 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16588 under that name.
16590 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16591 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16592 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16594 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16596 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16597 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16598 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16599 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16601 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16602 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16603 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16604 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16606 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16607 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16609 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16611 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16612 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16613 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16615 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16616 macro.
16618 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16619 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16621 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16622 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16623 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16625 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16626 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16628 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16630 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16631 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16632 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16633 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16635 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16637 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16638 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16639 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16640 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16642 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16643 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16645 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16647 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16648 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16649 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16651 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16653 ;;;***
16655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (20709
16656 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
16657 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16659 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16660 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16661 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16663 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16666 \(fn)" nil nil)
16668 ;;;***
16670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21040 47148
16671 ;;;;;; 604043 521000))
16672 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16674 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16676 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16677 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16679 \(fn)" t nil)
16681 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16682 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16683 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16684 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16686 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16687 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16688 none / 1 | yes | no
16689 2 | yes | yes
16690 3 | no | yes
16691 4 | no | no
16693 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16694 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16695 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16697 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16699 ;;;***
16701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20826 45095
16702 ;;;;;; 436233 0))
16703 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16705 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16708 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16710 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16711 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16712 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16713 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16714 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16715 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16717 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16718 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16720 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16722 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16723 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16725 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16727 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16730 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16732 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16735 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16737 ;;;***
16739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20799
16740 ;;;;;; 169 640767 0))
16741 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16743 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16744 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16745 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16746 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16748 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16750 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16751 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16752 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16754 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16756 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16757 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16758 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16760 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16762 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16763 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16764 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16765 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16767 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16769 ;;;***
16771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16772 ;;;;;; (20826 45095 436233 0))
16773 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16775 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16776 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16777 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16778 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16779 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16780 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16781 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16782 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16784 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16785 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16787 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16788 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16790 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16792 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16793 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16794 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16795 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16796 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16797 `latin1-display-setup'.
16799 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16801 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16802 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16803 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16804 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16806 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16807 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16809 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16811 ;;;***
16813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (20874
16814 ;;;;;; 62962 290468 0))
16815 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16817 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16818 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16820 \(fn)" t nil)
16822 ;;;***
16824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21048 47760 436258 0))
16825 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16827 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16828 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16829 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16830 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16831 generations (this defaults to 1).
16833 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16835 ;;;***
16837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21100 59431 520894 0))
16838 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16839 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16841 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16842 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16843 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16844 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16845 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16847 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16851 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16852 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16853 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16854 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16855 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16856 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16858 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16860 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16861 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16862 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16863 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16864 ARG is omitted or nil.
16866 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16867 `linum-on' would do it.
16868 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16872 ;;;***
16874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21126 691 872266
16875 ;;;;;; 0))
16876 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16878 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16879 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16880 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16881 is nil, raise an error.
16883 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16884 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16885 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16886 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16887 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16888 defined by the library.
16890 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16891 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16892 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16893 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16894 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16895 proceeds.
16897 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16898 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16899 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16900 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16902 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16904 ;;;***
16906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
16907 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16909 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16910 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16911 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16913 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16915 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16916 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16917 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16918 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16920 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16921 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16922 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16923 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16924 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16925 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16926 the version.)
16928 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16929 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16931 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16932 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16934 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16935 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16937 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16939 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16940 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16941 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16942 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16943 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16944 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16945 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16946 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16947 to constrain a big search.
16949 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16951 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16952 except that FILTER is not optional.
16954 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16956 ;;;***
16958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21147 6837 926168
16959 ;;;;;; 0))
16960 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16962 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16963 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16964 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16965 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16966 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16967 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16968 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16969 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16970 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16971 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16973 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16974 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16975 associated values:
16976 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16977 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16978 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16979 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16980 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16982 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16983 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16984 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16986 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16988 ;;;***
16990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20986 13739 89657
16991 ;;;;;; 0))
16992 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16994 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16995 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16997 \(fn)" t nil)
16999 ;;;***
17001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21104 56491 538513 0))
17002 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17004 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17005 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17007 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17008 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17010 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17011 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17012 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17014 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17015 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17017 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17018 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17019 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17020 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17021 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17022 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17023 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17025 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17027 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17028 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17029 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17030 switch on this list.
17031 See `lpr-command'.")
17033 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17035 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17036 Name of program for printing a file.
17038 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17039 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17040 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17041 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17042 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17043 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17044 argument.")
17046 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17048 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17049 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17050 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17051 for customization of the printer command.
17053 \(fn)" t nil)
17055 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17056 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17058 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17059 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17060 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17061 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17063 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17064 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17066 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17067 for further customization of the printer command.
17069 \(fn)" t nil)
17071 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17072 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17073 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17074 for customization of the printer command.
17076 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17078 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17079 Paginate and print the region contents.
17081 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17082 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17083 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17084 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17086 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17087 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17089 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17090 for further customization of the printer command.
17092 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17094 ;;;***
17096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21048 11307 937592
17097 ;;;;;; 0))
17098 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17100 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17101 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17102 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17104 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17106 ;;;***
17108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20709 26818 907104
17109 ;;;;;; 0))
17110 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17112 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17113 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17114 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17115 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17119 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17121 ;;;***
17123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20874 62962
17124 ;;;;;; 290468 0))
17125 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17127 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17128 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17130 \(fn)" t nil)
17132 ;;;***
17134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17135 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17137 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17138 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17139 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17140 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17141 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17143 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17145 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17146 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17147 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17148 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17150 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17151 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17152 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17153 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17154 bindings.
17156 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17157 use this command, and then save the file.
17159 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17161 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17162 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17163 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17164 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17165 each time the macro executes.
17166 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17167 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17168 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17169 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17170 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17171 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17172 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17174 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17176 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17177 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17178 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17179 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17181 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17182 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17183 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17184 execute.
17186 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17187 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17189 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17190 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17191 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17192 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17193 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17195 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17196 looked like this:
17198 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17199 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17200 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17202 You could enter the names in this format:
17208 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17210 \\C-x (
17211 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17212 \\C-x )
17214 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17215 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17217 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17218 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17220 ;;;***
17222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (20709 26818
17223 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17224 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17226 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17227 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17228 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17229 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17230 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17231 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17233 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17234 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17235 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17236 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17237 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17239 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17240 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17241 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17242 consing a string.)
17244 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17246 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17247 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17249 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17251 ;;;***
17253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (20709 26818
17254 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17255 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17257 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17258 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17260 \(fn)" nil nil)
17262 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17265 \(fn)" nil nil)
17267 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17268 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17270 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17272 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17273 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17274 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17275 message.
17277 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17279 \(fn)" nil nil)
17281 ;;;***
17283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20891 18859
17284 ;;;;;; 893295 0))
17285 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17287 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17288 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17289 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17290 often correct parser.")
17292 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17294 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17295 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17296 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17297 a value which excludes your own email address.
17299 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17300 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17302 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17304 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17305 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17307 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17309 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17310 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17311 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17312 we return it unconverted.
17314 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17315 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17317 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17319 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17320 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17321 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17322 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17324 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17326 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17327 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17328 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17329 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17331 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17333 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17334 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17335 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17336 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17337 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17338 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17339 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17340 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17341 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17342 as Rmail does.
17344 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17346 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17347 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17348 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17349 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17350 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17351 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17352 matches may be returned from the message body.
17354 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17356 ;;;***
17358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20847 51240
17359 ;;;;;; 240216 0))
17360 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17362 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17363 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17364 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17365 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17366 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17367 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17369 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17371 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17372 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17373 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17374 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17375 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17377 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17378 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17379 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17380 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17384 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17385 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17387 \(fn)" nil nil)
17389 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17390 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17391 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17393 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17395 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17396 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17397 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17399 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17400 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17401 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17402 double-quotes.
17404 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17406 ;;;***
17408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20970 25513
17409 ;;;;;; 362767 0))
17410 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17412 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17413 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17414 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17415 king@grassland.com
17416 If `parens', they look like:
17417 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17418 If `angles', they look like:
17419 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17421 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17423 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17424 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17425 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17426 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17427 their `Resent-' variants.
17429 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17430 removed from alias expansions.
17432 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17434 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17435 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17436 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17438 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17439 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17440 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17441 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17443 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17445 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17446 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17447 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17449 \(fn)" nil nil)
17451 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17452 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17453 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17454 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17456 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17458 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17460 ;;;***
17462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (20709 26818
17463 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17464 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17466 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17467 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17468 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17469 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17471 \(fn)" nil nil)
17473 ;;;***
17475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20924
17476 ;;;;;; 16196 967284 0))
17477 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17479 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17480 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17482 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17483 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17484 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17485 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17486 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17487 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17489 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17490 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17491 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17492 dependency, despite the colon.
17494 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17496 In the browser, use the following keys:
17498 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17500 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17502 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17503 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17505 `makefile-target-colon':
17506 The string that gets appended to all target names
17507 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17508 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17510 `makefile-macro-assign':
17511 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17512 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17513 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17514 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17515 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17516 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17518 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17519 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17520 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17522 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17523 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17525 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17526 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17527 up or down in the browser.
17529 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17530 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17532 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17533 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17535 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17536 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17537 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17538 has been selected in the browser.
17540 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17541 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17542 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17543 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17544 filenames are omitted.
17546 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17547 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17548 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17549 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17550 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17551 the backslash itself intact.
17552 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17553 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17555 `makefile-browser-hook':
17556 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17557 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17559 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17560 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17561 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17562 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17564 \(fn)" t nil)
17566 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17567 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17569 \(fn)" t nil)
17571 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17572 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17574 \(fn)" t nil)
17576 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17577 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17579 \(fn)" t nil)
17581 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17582 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17584 \(fn)" t nil)
17586 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17587 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17589 \(fn)" t nil)
17591 ;;;***
17593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (20709 26818 907104
17594 ;;;;;; 0))
17595 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17597 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17598 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17599 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17601 \(fn)" t nil)
17603 ;;;***
17605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21116 51266 54795 0))
17606 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17608 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17610 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17611 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17612 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17613 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17614 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17615 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17616 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17617 page, it will display immediately.
17619 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17620 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17621 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17623 cat(1)
17624 1 cat
17626 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17627 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17628 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17629 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17631 -a chmod
17633 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17634 otherwise look like a page name.
17636 /my/file/name.1.gz
17637 -l somefile.1
17639 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17640 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17641 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17643 -k pattern
17645 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17647 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17648 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17650 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17652 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17653 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17655 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17657 ;;;***
17659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (20884 7264 912957 506000))
17660 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17661 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17663 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17664 Toggle Master mode.
17665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17669 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17670 using the following commands:
17672 \\{master-mode-map}
17674 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17675 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17676 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17680 ;;;***
17682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (20709 26818 907104
17683 ;;;;;; 0))
17684 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17686 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17687 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17688 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17689 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17690 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17691 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17693 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17695 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17696 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17697 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17698 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17699 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17701 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17702 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17703 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17704 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17708 ;;;***
17710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17711 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17712 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17714 ;;;***
17716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21132 39477 543900
17717 ;;;;;; 0))
17718 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17720 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17722 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17723 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17724 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17725 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17726 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17727 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17728 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17729 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17730 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17731 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17732 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17733 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17734 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17735 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17736 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17737 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17738 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17739 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17740 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17741 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17742 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17743 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17744 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17745 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17746 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17747 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17748 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17749 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17750 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17751 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17752 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17753 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17754 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17755 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17756 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17757 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17758 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17759 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17761 \(fn)" t nil)
17763 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17764 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17765 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17766 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17767 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17769 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17771 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17772 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17774 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17776 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17777 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17779 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17781 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17782 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17784 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17786 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17787 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17788 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17790 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17792 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17793 Cancel an article you posted.
17794 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17798 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17799 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17800 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17801 header line with the old Message-ID.
17803 \(fn)" t nil)
17805 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17806 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17808 \(fn)" t nil)
17810 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17811 Forward the current message via mail.
17812 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17813 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17815 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17817 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17820 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17822 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17825 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17827 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17828 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17830 \(fn)" t nil)
17832 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17833 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17835 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17837 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17838 Re-mail the current message.
17839 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17840 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17841 you.
17843 \(fn)" t nil)
17845 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17846 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17848 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17850 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17851 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17853 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17855 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17856 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17858 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17860 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17861 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17863 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17865 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17866 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17867 Works by overstriking characters.
17868 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17869 which specify the range to operate on.
17871 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17873 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17874 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17875 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17876 which specify the range to operate on.
17878 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17880 ;;;***
17882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (20874
17883 ;;;;;; 62962 290468 0))
17884 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17885 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17887 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17888 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17890 \(fn)" t nil)
17892 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17893 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17895 \(fn)" t nil)
17897 ;;;***
17899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (20709 26818
17900 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
17901 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17903 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17904 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17905 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17907 \(fn)" t nil)
17909 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17910 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17911 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17912 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17913 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17914 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17915 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17917 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17919 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17920 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17921 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17922 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17923 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17924 means current).
17925 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17926 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17928 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17930 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17931 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17932 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17933 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17934 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17935 means current).
17936 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17937 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17939 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17941 ;;;***
17943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20890 54503 125088
17944 ;;;;;; 852000))
17945 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17947 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17948 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17949 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17951 \(fn)" t nil)
17953 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17954 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17955 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17957 \(fn)" t nil)
17959 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17960 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17962 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17963 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17964 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17966 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17967 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17969 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17970 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17972 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17974 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17976 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17977 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17978 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17979 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17980 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17981 as `compose-mail'.
17983 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17984 initial Subject field, respectively.
17986 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17987 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17988 are strings.
17990 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17991 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17993 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17995 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17996 Save draft and send message.
17998 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17999 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18000 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18001 Mail Delivery*\".
18003 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18004 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18005 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18007 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18008 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18009 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18010 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18011 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18012 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18014 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18015 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18017 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18018 message and scan line.
18020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18022 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18023 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18025 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18026 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18027 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18028 delete the draft message.
18030 \(fn)" t nil)
18032 ;;;***
18034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20987 34598 970563 0))
18035 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18036 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 5)) package--builtin-versions)
18038 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18040 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18042 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18044 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18045 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18047 \(fn)" t nil)
18049 ;;;***
18051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20787 12616
18052 ;;;;;; 976036 0))
18053 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18055 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18056 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18057 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18059 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18060 the MH mail system.
18062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18064 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18065 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18066 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18068 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18069 the MH mail system.
18071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18073 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18074 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18076 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18077 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18078 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18079 separate command.
18081 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18082 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18083 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18084 format.
18086 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18088 Ranges
18089 ======
18090 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18091 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18092 can be used in several ways.
18094 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18095 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18096 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18097 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18098 page):
18100 <num1>-<num2>
18101 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18102 The range must be nonempty.
18104 <num>:N
18105 <num>:+N
18106 <num>:-N
18107 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18108 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18109 last.
18111 first:N
18112 prev:N
18113 next:N
18114 last:N
18115 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18118 All of the messages.
18120 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18121 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18123 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18124 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18125 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18127 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18129 \(fn)" t nil)
18131 ;;;***
18133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21058 47149 742317
18134 ;;;;;; 0))
18135 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18137 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18138 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18139 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18140 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18141 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18142 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18143 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18144 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18145 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18146 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18147 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18149 \(fn)" t nil)
18151 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18152 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18153 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18154 to its second argument TM.
18156 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18158 ;;;***
18160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (20760 54070
18161 ;;;;;; 584283 0))
18162 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18164 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18165 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18166 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18167 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18168 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18169 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18171 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18173 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18174 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18175 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18176 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18177 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18179 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18180 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18181 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18182 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18183 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18184 is modified to remove the default indication.
18186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18188 ;;;***
18190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18191 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18193 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18194 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18195 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18196 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18197 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18198 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18199 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18200 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18201 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18203 \(fn)" t nil)
18205 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18206 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18207 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18208 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18209 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18210 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18211 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18212 The return value is always nil.
18214 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18216 ;;;***
18218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (20721 17977 14204
18219 ;;;;;; 0))
18220 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18221 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18223 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18224 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18226 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18227 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18228 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18229 next occurrence.
18231 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18232 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18233 end of the search space).
18235 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18236 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18237 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18238 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18239 should return the previous buffer to search.
18241 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18242 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18243 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18245 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18246 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18247 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18248 Isearch starts.")
18250 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18251 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18252 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18254 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18255 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18256 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18258 \(fn)" nil nil)
18260 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18261 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18262 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18263 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18264 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18265 whose names match the specified regexp.
18267 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18269 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18270 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18271 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18272 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18273 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18274 whose names match the specified regexp.
18276 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18278 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18279 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18280 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18281 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18282 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18283 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18284 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18286 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18288 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18289 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18290 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18291 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18292 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18293 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18294 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18296 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18298 ;;;***
18300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21002
18301 ;;;;;; 1963 769129 0))
18302 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18303 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18305 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18306 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18308 \(fn)" t nil)
18310 ;;;***
18312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (20709 26818
18313 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18314 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18316 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18317 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18319 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18321 ;;;***
18323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20709 26818
18324 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18327 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18328 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18330 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18332 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18333 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18334 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18335 the entire message.
18336 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18338 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18340 ;;;***
18342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (20709 26818
18343 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18346 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18347 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18348 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18349 the entire message.
18350 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18352 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18354 ;;;***
18356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20709 26818 907104
18357 ;;;;;; 0))
18358 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18360 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18361 Insert file contents of URL.
18362 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18364 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18366 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18367 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18369 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18371 ;;;***
18373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20709 26818 907104
18374 ;;;;;; 0))
18375 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18377 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18378 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18379 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18380 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18381 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18383 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18385 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18386 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18387 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18389 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18391 ;;;***
18393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (20829 21286 719109 0))
18394 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18396 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18397 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18399 \(fn)" nil nil)
18401 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18402 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18403 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18404 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18405 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18407 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18408 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18409 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18410 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18411 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18412 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18414 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18416 ;;;***
18418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (20875 30633 412173
18419 ;;;;;; 0))
18420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18422 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18425 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18427 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18430 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18432 ;;;***
18434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21042 58928 39127
18435 ;;;;;; 0))
18436 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18438 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18441 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18443 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18446 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18448 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18451 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18453 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18456 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18458 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18461 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18463 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18466 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18468 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18471 \(fn)" nil nil)
18473 ;;;***
18475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (20709 26818
18476 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
18477 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18479 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18481 ;;;***
18483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20355 10021
18484 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
18485 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18487 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18489 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18490 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18491 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18492 followed by the first character of the construct.
18493 \\<m2-mode-map>
18494 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18495 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18496 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18497 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18498 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18499 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18500 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18501 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18502 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18503 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18504 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18505 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18506 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18507 \\[m2-link] link
18509 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18510 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18511 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18513 \(fn)" t nil)
18515 ;;;***
18517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (20709 26818 907104
18518 ;;;;;; 0))
18519 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18521 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18522 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18524 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18526 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18527 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18529 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18531 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18532 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18534 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18536 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18537 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18539 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18541 ;;;***
18543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (20992 52525 458637
18544 ;;;;;; 0))
18545 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18547 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18548 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18550 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18551 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18552 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18554 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18555 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18556 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18558 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18559 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18561 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18562 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18563 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18564 hemisphere you're in.)
18566 To test this function, evaluate:
18567 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18569 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18571 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18572 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18574 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18575 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18577 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18578 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18579 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18581 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18582 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18584 To test this function, evaluate:
18585 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18587 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18589 ;;;***
18591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21075 56234 349623 0))
18592 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18594 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18595 Main entry point for MPC.
18597 \(fn)" t nil)
18599 ;;;***
18601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21040 17194 398147 0))
18602 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18604 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18605 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18607 \(fn)" t nil)
18609 ;;;***
18611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
18612 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18614 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18615 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18616 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18617 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18618 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18619 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18621 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18623 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18624 Toggle Msb mode.
18625 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18626 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18627 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18629 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18630 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18634 ;;;***
18636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (20891
18637 ;;;;;; 18859 893295 0))
18638 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18640 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18641 Display a list of all character sets.
18643 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18644 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18645 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18646 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18647 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18649 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18650 but still shows the full information.
18652 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18654 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18655 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18656 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18658 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18659 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18660 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18661 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18662 meanings of these arguments.
18664 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18666 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18667 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18669 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18671 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18672 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18674 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18676 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18677 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18679 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18681 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18682 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18684 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18685 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18686 in place of `..':
18687 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18688 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18689 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18690 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18691 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18692 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18693 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18694 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18695 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18696 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18697 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18698 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18699 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18700 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18701 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18702 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18704 \(fn)" t nil)
18706 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18707 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18709 \(fn)" t nil)
18711 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18712 Display a list of all coding systems.
18713 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18715 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18716 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18720 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18721 Display a list of all coding categories.
18723 \(fn)" nil nil)
18725 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18726 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18727 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18729 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18731 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18732 Display information about FONTSET.
18733 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18735 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18737 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18738 Display a list of all fontsets.
18739 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18740 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18741 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18743 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18745 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18746 Display information about all input methods.
18748 \(fn)" t nil)
18750 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18751 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18753 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18754 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18755 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18756 system which uses fontsets).
18758 \(fn)" t nil)
18760 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18761 Show log of font listing and opening.
18762 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18763 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18765 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18767 ;;;***
18769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (20991
18770 ;;;;;; 31656 363459 0))
18771 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18773 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18774 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18776 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18777 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18779 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18780 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18782 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18784 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18785 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18786 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18787 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18788 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18789 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18790 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18792 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18793 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18794 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18795 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18796 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18797 middle of a character in STR.
18799 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18800 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18802 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18803 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18804 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18805 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18806 defaults to \"...\".
18808 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18810 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18811 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18813 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18814 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18815 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18817 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18818 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18819 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18821 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18822 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18823 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18824 are considered.
18825 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18826 longer than KEYSEQ.
18827 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18829 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18831 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18832 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18833 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18834 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18835 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18836 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18837 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18838 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18839 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18840 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18841 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18843 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18845 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18846 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18848 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18850 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18851 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18853 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18855 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18856 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18858 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18860 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18861 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18863 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18865 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18866 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18867 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18868 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18869 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18871 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18872 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18874 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18875 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18876 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18877 coding systems ordered by priority.
18879 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18881 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18883 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18884 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18885 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18886 language environment LANG-ENV.
18888 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18890 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18891 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18892 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18893 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18894 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18895 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18897 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18899 ;;;***
18901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20903 10024
18902 ;;;;;; 645978 0))
18903 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18905 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18906 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18908 \(fn)" t nil)
18910 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18911 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18913 \(fn)" t nil)
18915 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18916 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18918 \(fn)" t nil)
18920 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18921 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18923 \(fn)" t nil)
18925 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18926 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18928 \(fn)" t nil)
18930 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18931 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18933 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18935 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18936 Ping HOST.
18937 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18938 `ping-program-options'.
18940 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18942 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18943 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18945 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18947 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18948 Run nslookup program.
18950 \(fn)" t nil)
18952 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18953 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18955 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18957 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18958 Run dig program.
18960 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18962 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18963 Run ftp program.
18965 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18967 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18968 Finger USER on HOST.
18970 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18972 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18973 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18974 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18975 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18977 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18979 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18982 \(fn)" t nil)
18984 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18985 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18987 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18989 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18990 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18992 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18994 ;;;***
18996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20709 26818 907104
18997 ;;;;;; 0))
18998 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19000 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19001 Return a user name/password pair.
19002 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19003 listed in the PORTS list.
19005 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19007 ;;;***
19009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21074
19010 ;;;;;; 35375 473679 0))
19011 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19013 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19014 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19015 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19016 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19017 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19018 closes it.
19020 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19021 make it unique.
19022 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19023 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19024 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19025 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19026 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19027 a port number to connect to.
19029 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19030 values:
19032 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19033 nil or `network'
19034 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19035 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19036 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19037 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19038 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19039 an unencrypted connection.
19040 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19041 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19042 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19043 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19044 returned object is a killed process.
19045 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19046 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19047 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19049 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19050 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19051 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19052 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19053 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19054 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19055 or nil if none could be found.
19056 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19057 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19059 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19061 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19062 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19063 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19065 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19066 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19067 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19069 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19070 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19071 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19073 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19074 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19075 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19076 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19078 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19079 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19081 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19082 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19083 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19084 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19085 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19086 or STARTTLS connections.
19088 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19089 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19091 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19092 a greeting from the server.
19094 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19095 asynchronously, if possible.
19097 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19099 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19101 ;;;***
19103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (20709
19104 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19105 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19107 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19108 Check whether newsticker is running.
19109 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19110 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19112 \(fn)" nil nil)
19114 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19115 Start the newsticker.
19116 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19117 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19118 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19119 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19121 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19123 ;;;***
19125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19126 ;;;;;; (20992 52525 458637 0))
19127 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19129 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19130 Start newsticker plainview.
19132 \(fn)" t nil)
19134 ;;;***
19136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21145
19137 ;;;;;; 51520 109004 0))
19138 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19140 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19141 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19143 \(fn)" t nil)
19145 ;;;***
19147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20709
19148 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19149 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19151 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19152 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19153 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19154 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19155 empty.
19157 \(fn)" nil nil)
19159 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19160 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19161 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19162 running already.
19164 \(fn)" t nil)
19166 ;;;***
19168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21040
19169 ;;;;;; 17194 398147 0))
19170 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19172 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19173 Start newsticker treeview.
19175 \(fn)" t nil)
19177 ;;;***
19179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (20709 26818
19180 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19181 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19182 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19184 ;;;***
19186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (20709 26818 907104
19187 ;;;;;; 0))
19188 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19190 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19191 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19193 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19195 ;;;***
19197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21135 15680 63905
19198 ;;;;;; 0))
19199 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19201 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19202 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19203 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19204 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19205 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19206 symbol in the alist.
19208 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19210 ;;;***
19212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (20709 26818
19213 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19214 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19216 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19217 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19218 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19220 \(fn)" t nil)
19222 ;;;***
19224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmairix" "gnus/nnmairix.el" (20709 26818
19225 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19226 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmairix.el
19227 (push (purecopy '(nnmairix 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
19229 ;;;***
19231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (20955 58152 201869 0))
19232 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19234 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19235 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19237 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19239 ;;;***
19241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19242 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19244 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19246 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19247 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19248 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19250 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19253 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19255 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19256 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19257 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19258 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19259 to future sessions.
19261 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19263 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19264 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19265 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19266 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19267 future sessions.
19269 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19271 ;;;***
19273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (20709
19274 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
19275 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19277 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19278 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19279 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19280 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19281 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19282 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19284 \(fn)" t nil)
19286 ;;;***
19288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19289 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19290 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19292 ;;;***
19294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (20709 26818
19295 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19296 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19298 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19299 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19300 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19301 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19303 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19305 ;;;***
19307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21075 56234
19308 ;;;;;; 349623 0))
19309 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19311 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19312 Major mode for editing XML.
19314 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19315 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19316 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19317 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19318 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19319 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19320 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19322 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19324 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19325 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19327 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19328 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19329 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19330 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19331 instead of C-c.
19333 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19334 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19335 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19336 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19337 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19338 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19340 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19341 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19342 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19344 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19345 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19346 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19348 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19349 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19350 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19351 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19352 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19353 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19354 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19355 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19356 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19358 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19360 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19361 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19363 \(fn)" t nil)
19365 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19367 ;;;***
19369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20709 26818
19370 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
19371 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19373 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19374 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19375 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19376 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19378 \(fn)" t nil)
19380 ;;;***
19382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21135 48053
19383 ;;;;;; 151871 0))
19384 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19386 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19387 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19389 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19390 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19391 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19392 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19394 \(fn)" t nil)
19396 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19397 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19398 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19400 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19402 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19403 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19405 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19406 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19407 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19411 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19413 ;;;***
19415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (20858 21542
19416 ;;;;;; 723007 0))
19417 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19419 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19421 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19422 Major mode for editing OPascal code. \\<opascal-mode-map>
19423 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19424 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19425 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19427 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19429 Customization:
19431 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19432 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19433 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19434 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19435 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19436 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19437 `opascal-tab-always-indents' (default `tab-always-indents')
19438 Non-nil means TAB in OPascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19439 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19440 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19441 Directories to search when finding external units.
19442 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19443 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19445 Coloring:
19447 `opascal-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
19448 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19450 Turning on OPascal mode calls the value of the variable `opascal-mode-hook'
19451 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
19453 \(fn)" t nil)
19455 ;;;***
19457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21128 42425 434886 0))
19458 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19460 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19461 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19463 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19465 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19466 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19467 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19468 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19469 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19470 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19472 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19474 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19475 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19476 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19477 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19478 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19480 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19482 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19483 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19485 \(fn)" nil nil)
19487 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19488 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19490 \(fn)" nil nil)
19492 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19493 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19494 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19496 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19497 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19498 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19499 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19500 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19501 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19502 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19503 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19504 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19505 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19507 The following commands are available:
19509 \\{org-mode-map}
19511 \(fn)" t nil)
19513 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19514 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19516 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19517 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19518 in special contexts.
19520 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19521 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19522 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19523 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19524 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19525 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19526 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19527 properties in the buffer.
19528 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19529 including any drawers.
19531 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19533 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19534 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19535 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19536 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19537 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19538 and zoom in further.
19539 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19540 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19542 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19543 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19544 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19545 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19546 times right after creating a new headline.
19548 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19549 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19550 is negative, go up that many levels.
19552 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19553 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19554 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19556 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19557 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19558 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19559 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19563 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19564 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19565 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19566 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19569 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19571 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19572 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19573 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19574 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19575 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19576 defined by Org-mode).
19578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19580 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19581 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19583 \(fn)" nil nil)
19585 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19586 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19588 \(fn)" nil nil)
19590 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19591 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19592 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19593 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19594 call CMD.
19596 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19598 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19599 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19600 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19601 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19603 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19604 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19605 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19607 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19608 part of Org's core.
19610 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19611 active region.
19613 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19615 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19616 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19617 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19619 \(fn)" t nil)
19621 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19622 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19623 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19624 Org-mode syntax.
19626 \(fn)" t nil)
19628 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19629 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19631 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19633 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19634 Switch between Org buffers.
19635 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19636 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19638 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19639 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19643 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19645 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19647 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19648 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19649 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19650 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19652 \(fn)" t nil)
19654 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19655 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19657 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19659 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19660 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19661 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19663 \(fn)" t nil)
19665 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19666 Reload all org lisp files.
19667 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19669 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19671 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19672 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19674 \(fn)" t nil)
19676 ;;;***
19678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21128 42425
19679 ;;;;;; 434886 0))
19680 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19682 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19683 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19687 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19688 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19689 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19690 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19692 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19693 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19694 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19695 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19696 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19697 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19698 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19699 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19700 e Export views to associated files.
19701 s Search entries for keywords.
19702 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19703 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19704 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19705 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19706 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19707 > Remove a previous restriction.
19708 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19709 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19710 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19712 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19713 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19714 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19716 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19717 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19718 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19719 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19720 \(if active).
19722 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19724 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19725 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19726 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19727 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19728 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19729 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19730 before running the agenda command.
19732 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19734 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19735 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19736 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19737 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19738 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19739 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19740 before running the agenda command.
19742 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19743 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19745 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19747 category The category of the item
19748 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19749 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19750 todo selected in TODO match
19751 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19752 diary imported from diary
19753 deadline a deadline on given date
19754 scheduled scheduled on given date
19755 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19756 closed entry was closed on given date
19757 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19758 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19759 block entry has date block including g. date
19760 todo The todo keyword, if any
19761 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19762 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19763 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19764 extra Sting with extra planning info
19765 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19766 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19767 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19769 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19771 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19772 Store agenda views.
19774 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19776 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19777 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19779 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19781 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19782 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19783 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19784 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19786 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19787 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19788 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19790 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19791 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19793 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19794 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19796 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19798 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19799 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19801 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19802 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19803 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19804 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19805 EDIT-AT.
19807 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19808 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19809 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19810 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19811 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19812 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19814 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19815 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19816 including newlines.
19818 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19819 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19820 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19821 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19822 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19823 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19824 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19826 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19827 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19828 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19829 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19831 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19832 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19833 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19834 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19835 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19836 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19837 Boolean search must match as full words.
19839 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19840 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19842 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19844 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19845 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19846 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19847 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19848 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19849 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19853 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19854 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19855 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19857 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19859 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19860 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19861 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19862 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19863 `org-stuck-projects'.
19865 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19867 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19868 Return diary information from org files.
19869 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19870 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19871 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19872 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19873 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19875 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19877 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19879 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19880 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19882 &%%(org-diary)
19884 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19885 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19886 So the example above may also be written as
19888 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19890 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19891 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19892 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19894 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19896 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19897 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19898 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19899 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19900 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19902 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19904 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19905 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19906 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19908 \(fn)" t nil)
19910 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19911 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19912 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19913 appointments.
19915 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19916 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19918 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19919 for filtering entries out.
19921 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19922 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19923 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19925 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19926 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19928 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19929 (category \"Work\"))
19931 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19932 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19934 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19935 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19936 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19937 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19938 details and examples.
19940 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19941 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19943 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19945 ;;;***
19947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21123 24503
19948 ;;;;;; 570934 0))
19949 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19951 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19952 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19954 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19956 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19957 Capture something.
19958 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19959 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19960 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19961 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19962 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19963 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19965 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19966 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19967 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19968 stored.
19970 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19972 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19973 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19974 will be bypassed.
19976 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19977 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19978 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19979 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19981 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19983 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19984 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19986 \(fn)" t nil)
19988 ;;;***
19990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21123 24503
19991 ;;;;;; 570934 0))
19992 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19994 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19995 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19996 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19998 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20000 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20001 Write the column view table.
20002 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20004 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20005 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20006 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20007 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20008 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20009 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20010 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20011 using `org-id-find'.
20012 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20013 a hline before each level <= that number.
20014 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20015 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20016 :skip-empty-rows
20017 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20018 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20020 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20022 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20023 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20025 \(fn)" t nil)
20027 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20028 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20030 \(fn)" t nil)
20032 ;;;***
20034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21123 24503
20035 ;;;;;; 570934 0))
20036 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20038 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20039 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20041 \(fn)" nil t)
20043 ;;;***
20045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21123 24503 570934
20046 ;;;;;; 0))
20047 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20049 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20050 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20052 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20054 ;;;***
20056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21123 24503
20057 ;;;;;; 570934 0))
20058 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20060 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20061 The release version of org-mode.
20062 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20064 \(fn)" nil nil)
20066 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20067 The Git version of org-mode.
20068 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20070 \(fn)" nil nil)
20072 (defvar org-odt-data-dir "/usr/share/emacs/etc/org" "\
20073 The location of ODT styles.")
20075 ;;;***
20077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (20773 35190 350513
20078 ;;;;;; 0))
20079 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20080 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20081 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20083 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20084 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20085 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20086 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20088 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20089 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20090 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20091 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20093 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20094 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20095 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20096 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20097 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20098 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20100 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20101 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20102 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20104 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20105 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20106 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20107 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20108 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20109 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20110 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20111 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20112 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20113 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20114 The subheadings remain visible.
20115 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20117 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20118 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20119 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20121 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20122 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20124 \(fn)" t nil)
20126 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20127 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20128 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20129 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20130 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20132 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20135 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20137 ;;;***
20139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21133 20713
20140 ;;;;;; 577800 0))
20141 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20142 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20144 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20145 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20146 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20147 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20148 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20150 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20151 activate the package system at any time.")
20153 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20155 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20156 Install the package PKG.
20157 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20158 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20160 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20162 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20163 Install a package from the current buffer.
20164 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20165 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20166 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20168 \(fn)" t nil)
20170 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20171 Install a package from a file.
20172 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20174 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20176 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20177 Import keys from FILE.
20179 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20181 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20182 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20183 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20184 makes them available for download.
20186 \(fn)" t nil)
20188 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20189 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20190 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20191 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20193 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20195 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20196 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20198 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20200 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20201 Display a list of packages.
20202 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20203 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20204 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20206 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20208 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20210 ;;;***
20212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (20903 56815 695483 0))
20213 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20215 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20216 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20217 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20218 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20219 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20220 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20222 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20224 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20225 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20226 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20227 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20228 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20230 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20231 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20232 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20236 ;;;***
20238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (20709
20239 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
20240 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20241 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20243 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20244 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20245 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20246 unknown are returned as nil.
20248 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20250 ;;;***
20252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20870 12718
20253 ;;;;;; 549931 0))
20254 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20256 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20257 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20258 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20260 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20261 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20263 Other useful functions are:
20265 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20266 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20267 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20268 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20269 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20270 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20271 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20272 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20273 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20275 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20277 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20278 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20279 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20280 Indentation for case statements.
20281 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20282 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20283 mark after an end.
20284 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20285 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20286 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20287 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20288 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20289 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20290 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20291 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20292 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20293 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20295 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20296 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20298 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20299 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20301 \(fn)" t nil)
20303 ;;;***
20305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20709
20306 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
20307 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20309 (defvar password-cache t "\
20310 Whether to cache passwords.")
20312 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20314 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20315 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20316 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20318 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20320 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20321 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20323 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20325 ;;;***
20327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (20991 31656
20328 ;;;;;; 363459 0))
20329 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20331 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20332 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20333 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20335 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20336 _ matches anything.
20337 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20338 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20339 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20340 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20341 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20342 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20343 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20344 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20345 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20346 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20348 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20349 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20350 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20351 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20352 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20353 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20355 PRED can take the form
20356 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20357 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20358 which is the value being matched.
20359 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20360 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20361 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20362 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20363 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20365 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20367 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20369 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20370 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20371 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20372 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20374 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20376 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20378 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20379 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20380 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20381 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20383 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20385 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20387 ;;;***
20389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20709 26818 907104
20390 ;;;;;; 0))
20391 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20393 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20394 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20396 \(fn)" nil nil)
20398 ;;;***
20400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20907 7082 901087
20401 ;;;;;; 0))
20402 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20404 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20405 Completion for `gzip'.
20407 \(fn)" nil nil)
20409 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20410 Completion for `bzip2'.
20412 \(fn)" nil nil)
20414 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20415 Completion for GNU `make'.
20417 \(fn)" nil nil)
20419 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20420 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20422 \(fn)" nil nil)
20424 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20426 ;;;***
20428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20884 7264
20429 ;;;;;; 912957 506000))
20430 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20432 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20433 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20435 \(fn)" nil nil)
20437 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20438 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20440 \(fn)" nil nil)
20442 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20443 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20445 \(fn)" nil nil)
20447 ;;;***
20449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20709 26818 907104
20450 ;;;;;; 0))
20451 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20453 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20454 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20456 \(fn)" nil nil)
20458 ;;;***
20460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20709 26818 907104
20461 ;;;;;; 0))
20462 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20464 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20465 Completion for `cd'.
20467 \(fn)" nil nil)
20469 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20471 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20472 Completion for `rmdir'.
20474 \(fn)" nil nil)
20476 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20477 Completion for `rm'.
20479 \(fn)" nil nil)
20481 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20482 Completion for `xargs'.
20484 \(fn)" nil nil)
20486 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20488 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20489 Completion for `which'.
20491 \(fn)" nil nil)
20493 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20494 Completion for the `chown' command.
20496 \(fn)" nil nil)
20498 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20499 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20501 \(fn)" nil nil)
20503 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20504 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20506 \(fn)" nil nil)
20508 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20509 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20510 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20512 \(fn)" nil nil)
20514 ;;;***
20516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21135 15680 63905 0))
20517 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20519 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20520 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20522 \(fn)" nil nil)
20524 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20525 Completion for the `ack' command.
20526 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20527 long options.
20529 \(fn)" nil nil)
20531 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20533 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20534 Completion for the `ag' command.
20536 \(fn)" nil nil)
20538 ;;;***
20540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20709 26818 907104
20541 ;;;;;; 0))
20542 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20544 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20545 Support extensible programmable completion.
20546 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20547 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20549 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20551 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20552 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20554 \(fn)" t nil)
20556 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20557 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20558 This will modify the current buffer.
20560 \(fn)" t nil)
20562 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20563 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20565 \(fn)" t nil)
20567 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20568 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20569 This will modify the current buffer.
20571 \(fn)" t nil)
20573 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20574 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20576 \(fn)" t nil)
20578 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20579 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20581 \(fn)" t nil)
20583 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20584 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20585 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20586 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20587 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20589 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20591 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20592 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20594 \(fn)" nil nil)
20596 ;;;***
20598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21104 56491 538513 0))
20599 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20601 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20602 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20603 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20604 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20606 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20608 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20610 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20611 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20612 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20613 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20614 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20615 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20616 FLAGS is ignored.
20618 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20620 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20621 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20622 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20623 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20624 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20625 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20626 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20627 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20629 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20631 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20632 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20633 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20634 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20635 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20636 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20637 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20638 passed to cvs.
20640 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20642 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20643 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20644 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20645 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20646 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20647 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20648 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20650 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20652 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20653 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20654 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20656 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20658 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20659 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20660 A value of nil means never do it.
20661 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20662 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20663 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20665 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20667 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20668 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20669 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20671 ;;;***
20673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21075 56234
20674 ;;;;;; 349623 0))
20675 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20677 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20678 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20680 ;;;***
20682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21075
20683 ;;;;;; 56234 349623 0))
20684 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20685 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20686 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20687 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20688 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20689 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20690 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20692 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20693 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20694 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20695 Tab indents for Perl code.
20696 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20697 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20698 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20699 \\{perl-mode-map}
20700 Variables controlling indentation style:
20701 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20702 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20703 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20704 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20705 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20706 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20707 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20708 `perl-nochange'
20709 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20710 `perl-indent-level'
20711 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20712 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20713 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20714 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20715 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20716 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20717 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20718 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20719 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20720 `perl-brace-offset'
20721 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20722 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20723 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20724 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20725 `perl-label-offset'
20726 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20727 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20728 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20730 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20731 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20732 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20733 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20734 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20735 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20736 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20738 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20740 \(fn)" t nil)
20742 ;;;***
20744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (20709 26818
20745 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
20746 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20748 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20749 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20750 \\<picture-mode-map>
20751 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20752 afterwards settable by these commands:
20754 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20755 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20756 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20757 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20759 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20760 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20761 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20762 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20764 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20765 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20766 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20767 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20769 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20770 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20771 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20772 with these commands:
20774 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20775 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20776 Move to column following last
20777 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20778 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20779 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20780 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20781 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20782 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20784 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20786 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20787 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20788 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20789 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20790 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20791 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20793 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20794 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20795 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20796 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20797 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20798 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20799 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20801 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20802 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20803 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20804 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20805 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20806 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20807 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20808 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20810 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20811 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20812 by supplying an argument.
20814 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20816 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20817 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20819 \(fn)" t nil)
20821 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20823 ;;;***
20825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (20709 26818 907104
20826 ;;;;;; 0))
20827 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20829 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20830 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20832 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20834 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20835 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20837 \(fn)" t nil)
20839 ;;;***
20841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
20842 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20844 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20845 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20846 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20848 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20850 ;;;***
20852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20853 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20855 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20856 Play pong and waste time.
20857 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20858 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20860 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20862 \\{pong-mode-map}
20864 \(fn)" t nil)
20866 ;;;***
20868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20869 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20871 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20872 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20873 Use streaming commands.
20875 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20877 ;;;***
20879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21013 58662 278539
20880 ;;;;;; 0))
20881 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20883 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20884 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20885 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20886 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20888 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20890 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20891 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20893 \(fn)" nil nil)
20895 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20896 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20897 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20898 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20899 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20901 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20903 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20904 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20905 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20907 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20909 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20910 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20912 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20914 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20915 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20916 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20917 Ignores leading comment characters.
20919 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20921 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20922 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20923 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20924 Ignores leading comment characters.
20926 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20928 ;;;***
20930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21032 23080 765139
20931 ;;;;;; 0))
20932 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20933 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20935 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20936 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20938 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20940 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20942 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20944 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20945 Preview directory using ghostview.
20947 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20948 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20949 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20950 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20952 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20953 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20954 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20955 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20956 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20957 file name.
20959 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20961 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20963 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20964 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20966 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20967 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20968 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20969 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20971 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20972 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20973 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20974 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20975 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20976 file name.
20978 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20980 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20982 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20983 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20985 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20986 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20987 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20988 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20990 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20991 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20992 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20993 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20994 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20995 file name.
20997 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20999 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21001 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21002 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21004 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21006 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21007 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21008 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21009 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21011 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21012 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21013 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21014 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21015 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21016 file name.
21018 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21020 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21022 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21023 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21025 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21026 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21027 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21029 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21030 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21031 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21032 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21034 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21036 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21037 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21039 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21040 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21041 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21043 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21044 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21045 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21046 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21048 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21050 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21051 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21053 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21054 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21055 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21057 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21058 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21059 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21060 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21062 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21064 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21065 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21067 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21069 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21070 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21071 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21073 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21074 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21075 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21076 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21078 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21080 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21081 Preview region using ghostview.
21083 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21085 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21087 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21088 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21090 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21092 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21094 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21095 Print region using PostScript printer.
21097 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21099 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21101 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21102 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21104 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21106 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21108 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21109 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21111 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21113 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21115 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21116 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21118 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21120 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21122 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21123 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21125 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21127 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21129 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21130 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21132 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21134 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21136 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21137 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21138 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21139 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21141 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21142 matching.
21144 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21145 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21147 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21149 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21151 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21152 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21153 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21154 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21156 \(fn)" t nil)
21158 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21159 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21160 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21161 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21163 \(fn)" t nil)
21165 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21166 Print directory using text printer.
21168 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21169 matching.
21171 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21172 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21174 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21176 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21178 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21179 Print buffer using text printer.
21181 \(fn)" t nil)
21183 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21184 Print region using text printer.
21186 \(fn)" t nil)
21188 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21189 Print major mode using text printer.
21191 \(fn)" t nil)
21193 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21194 Preview spooled PostScript.
21196 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21197 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21198 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21200 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21201 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21202 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21204 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21206 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21207 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21209 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21210 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21211 instead of sending it to the printer.
21213 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21214 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21215 image in a file with that name.
21217 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21219 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21220 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21222 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21223 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21224 instead of sending it to the printer.
21226 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21227 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21228 image in a file with that name.
21230 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21232 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21233 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21235 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21236 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21237 instead of sending it to the printer.
21239 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21240 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21241 image in a file with that name.
21243 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21245 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21246 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21248 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21250 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21251 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21253 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21255 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21256 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21258 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21260 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21261 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21263 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21265 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21266 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21268 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21270 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21271 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21273 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21274 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21275 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21276 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21278 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21279 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21280 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21281 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21282 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21283 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21284 file name.
21286 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21288 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21289 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21291 \(fn)" t nil)
21293 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21294 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21296 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21297 right.
21298 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21299 bottom.
21301 \(fn)" t nil)
21303 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21304 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21306 \(fn)" t nil)
21308 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21309 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21311 \(fn)" t nil)
21313 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21314 Toggle printing with faces.
21316 \(fn)" t nil)
21318 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21319 Toggle spooling.
21321 \(fn)" t nil)
21323 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21324 Toggle duplex.
21326 \(fn)" t nil)
21328 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21329 Toggle tumble.
21331 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21332 right.
21333 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21334 bottom.
21336 \(fn)" t nil)
21338 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21339 Toggle landscape.
21341 \(fn)" t nil)
21343 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21344 Toggle upside-down.
21346 \(fn)" t nil)
21348 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21349 Toggle line number.
21351 \(fn)" t nil)
21353 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21354 Toggle zebra stripes.
21356 \(fn)" t nil)
21358 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21359 Toggle printing header.
21361 \(fn)" t nil)
21363 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21364 Toggle printing header frame.
21366 \(fn)" t nil)
21368 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21369 Toggle menu lock.
21371 \(fn)" t nil)
21373 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21374 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21376 \(fn)" t nil)
21378 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21379 Toggle auto mode.
21381 \(fn)" t nil)
21383 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21384 Customization of the `printing' group.
21386 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21388 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21389 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21391 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21393 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21394 Help for the printing package.
21396 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21398 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21399 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21401 \(fn)" t nil)
21403 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21404 Interactively select a text printer.
21406 \(fn)" t nil)
21408 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21409 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21411 \(fn)" t nil)
21413 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21414 Show current ps-print settings.
21416 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21418 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21419 Show current printing settings.
21421 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21423 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21424 Show current lpr settings.
21426 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21428 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21429 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21431 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21432 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21433 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21434 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21437 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21439 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21440 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21441 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21443 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21444 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21445 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21446 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21447 current active printer.
21449 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21450 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21451 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21452 printer.
21454 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21455 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21456 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21457 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21458 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21461 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21462 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21464 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21466 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21467 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21468 be done using the new current active printer.
21470 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21471 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21472 printer.
21474 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21475 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21476 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21477 instead of sending it to the printer.
21479 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21480 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21481 printer.
21483 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21486 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21487 are both set to t.
21489 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21491 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21492 Fast fire function for text printing.
21494 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21495 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21496 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21497 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21499 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21500 user for a new active text printer.
21502 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21504 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21506 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21507 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21508 printer.
21510 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21512 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21513 are both set to t.
21515 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21517 ;;;***
21519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
21520 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21522 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21523 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21524 \\<proced-mode-map>
21525 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21526 the process information.
21528 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21530 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21531 Proced buffers.
21533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21535 ;;;***
21537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21077 11573 151993
21538 ;;;;;; 0))
21539 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21541 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21542 Start/restart profilers.
21543 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21544 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21545 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21547 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21549 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21550 Open profile FILENAME.
21552 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21554 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21555 Open profile FILENAME.
21557 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21559 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21560 Open profile FILENAME.
21562 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21564 ;;;***
21566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21112 54200
21567 ;;;;;; 857404 0))
21568 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21570 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21571 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21573 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21574 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21576 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21578 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21579 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21581 Commands:
21582 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21584 \(fn)" t nil)
21586 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21587 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21588 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21590 \(fn)" t nil)
21592 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21593 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21594 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21596 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21598 ;;;***
21600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20799 169 640767 0))
21601 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21603 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21604 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21605 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21607 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21609 ;;;***
21611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20777 63161
21612 ;;;;;; 848428 0))
21613 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21614 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21616 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21617 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21619 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21621 The following variables hold user options, and can
21622 be set through the `customize' command:
21624 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21625 `ps-mode-tab'
21626 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21627 `ps-mode-print-function'
21628 `ps-run-prompt'
21629 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21630 `ps-run-x'
21631 `ps-run-dumb'
21632 `ps-run-init'
21633 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21634 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21636 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21639 \\{ps-mode-map}
21642 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21643 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21644 The keymap for this second window is:
21646 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21649 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21650 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21651 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21652 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21653 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21655 \(fn)" t nil)
21657 ;;;***
21659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21122 3638 533479
21660 ;;;;;; 0))
21661 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21662 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21664 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21665 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21666 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21668 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21670 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21671 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21672 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21673 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21675 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21677 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21678 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21680 Valid values are:
21682 nil Do not print colors.
21684 t Print colors.
21686 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21687 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21689 Any other value is treated as t.")
21691 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21693 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21694 Customization of ps-print group.
21696 \(fn)" t nil)
21698 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21699 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21701 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21702 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21703 sending it to the printer.
21705 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21706 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21707 image in a file with that name.
21709 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21711 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21712 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21713 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21714 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21715 so it has a way to determine color values.
21717 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21719 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21720 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21721 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21723 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21725 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21726 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21727 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21728 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21729 so it has a way to determine color values.
21731 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21733 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21734 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21735 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21736 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21738 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21740 \(fn)" t nil)
21742 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21743 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21744 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21745 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21746 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21748 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21750 \(fn)" t nil)
21752 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21753 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21754 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21756 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21758 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21760 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21761 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21762 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21763 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21764 so it has a way to determine color values.
21766 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21768 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21770 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21771 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21773 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21774 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21775 instead of sending it to the printer.
21777 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21778 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21779 image in a file with that name.
21781 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21783 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21784 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21785 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21786 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21787 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21789 \(fn)" t nil)
21791 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21792 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21793 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21795 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21797 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21798 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21799 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21801 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21803 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21804 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21806 \(fn)" nil nil)
21808 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21809 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21811 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21812 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21814 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21815 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21817 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21819 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21821 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21823 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21824 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21826 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21827 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21829 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21830 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21832 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21834 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21836 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21838 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21839 foreground and background colors respectively.
21841 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21842 bold - use bold font.
21843 italic - use italic font.
21844 underline - put a line under text.
21845 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21846 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21847 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21848 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21849 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21851 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21853 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21855 ;;;***
21857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21106 11815 370918
21858 ;;;;;; 0))
21859 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21860 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21862 ;;;***
21864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21144 30651
21865 ;;;;;; 337793 0))
21866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21867 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 2)) package--builtin-versions)
21869 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21871 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21873 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21874 Run an inferior Python process.
21875 Input and output via buffer named after
21876 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21877 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21879 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21880 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21881 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21882 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21884 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21885 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21886 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21888 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21890 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21891 Major mode for editing Python files.
21893 \\{python-mode-map}
21895 \(fn)" t nil)
21897 ;;;***
21899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
21900 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21902 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21903 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21904 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21905 coding-system.
21907 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21908 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21910 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21911 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21912 them into characters should be done separately.
21914 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21916 ;;;***
21918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21113 26590
21919 ;;;;;; 654875 0))
21920 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21922 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21923 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21925 \(fn)" nil nil)
21927 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21928 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21929 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21931 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21932 `quail-activate', which see.
21934 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21936 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21937 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21938 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21939 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21940 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21941 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21942 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21944 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21945 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21946 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21947 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21948 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21949 shown.
21950 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21952 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21953 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21954 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21955 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21956 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21957 list of candidates.
21959 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21960 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21961 command to be called.
21963 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21964 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21965 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21966 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21968 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21969 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21970 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21971 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21972 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21973 to t.
21975 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21976 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21977 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21978 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21980 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21981 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21982 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21983 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21985 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21986 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21987 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21988 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21989 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21990 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21992 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21993 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21994 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21995 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21996 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21997 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21999 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22000 covers Quail translation region.
22002 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22003 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22004 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22005 for it) is inserted.
22007 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22008 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22009 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22011 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22012 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22013 non-Quail commands.
22015 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22017 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22018 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22020 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22021 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22022 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22023 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22024 you type is correctly handled.
22026 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22028 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22029 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22031 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22032 keyboard type.
22034 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22036 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22037 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22038 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22039 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22040 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22041 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22042 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22043 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22044 for the translation.
22045 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22047 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22048 it is used to handle KEY.
22050 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22051 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22052 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22053 the following annotation types are supported.
22055 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22056 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22058 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22059 candidate list.
22061 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22062 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22063 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22064 inserted.
22066 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22067 generated for the following translations.
22069 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22071 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22072 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22074 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22075 which to install MAP.
22077 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22079 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22081 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22082 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22084 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22085 which to install MAP.
22087 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22089 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22091 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22092 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22093 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22094 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22095 a function, or a cons.
22096 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22097 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22098 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22099 for the translation.
22100 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22101 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22102 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22103 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22104 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22106 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22107 it is used to handle KEY.
22109 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22110 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22111 current Quail package.
22113 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22114 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22116 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22118 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22119 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22121 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22122 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22124 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22126 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22127 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22129 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22131 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22132 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22133 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22134 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22135 of the Emacs source tree.
22137 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22138 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22140 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22141 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22142 of each directory.
22144 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22146 ;;;***
22148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21141
22149 ;;;;;; 54458 609734 0))
22150 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22152 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22153 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22154 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22155 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22157 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22159 ;;;***
22161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22162 ;;;;;; (21141 54458 609734 0))
22163 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22165 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22166 Activate UCS input method.
22167 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22169 While this input method is active, the variable
22170 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22172 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22174 ;;;***
22176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21040 17194 398147
22177 ;;;;;; 0))
22178 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22180 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22181 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22182 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22183 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22185 To make use of this do something like:
22187 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22189 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22191 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22192 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22194 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22195 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22196 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22198 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22200 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22201 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22203 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22205 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22206 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22208 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22209 is decided.
22211 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22213 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22214 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22216 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22217 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22218 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22220 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22222 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22223 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22225 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22227 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22228 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22230 \(fn)" t nil)
22232 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22233 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22235 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22237 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22239 \(fn)" t nil)
22241 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22242 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22244 \(fn)" t nil)
22246 ;;;***
22248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21113 26590 654875
22249 ;;;;;; 0))
22250 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22252 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22253 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22255 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22257 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22259 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22261 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22263 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22266 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22268 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22269 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22270 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22271 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22272 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22273 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22275 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22277 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22278 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22279 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22280 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22281 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22285 ;;;***
22287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (20984
22288 ;;;;;; 58408 354075 0))
22289 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22291 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22293 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22294 Construct a regexp interactively.
22295 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22296 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22297 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22299 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22300 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22302 \(fn)" t nil)
22304 ;;;***
22306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (20871 33574 214287
22307 ;;;;;; 0))
22308 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22310 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22311 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22312 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22313 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22314 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22315 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22317 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22319 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22320 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22321 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22322 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22323 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22325 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22326 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22327 were operated on recently.
22329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22331 ;;;***
22333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21120 48308 922449 0))
22334 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22336 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22337 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22338 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22339 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22340 ends.
22342 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22343 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22344 to be deleted.
22346 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22348 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22349 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22350 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22352 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22353 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22354 deleted.
22356 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22358 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22359 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22360 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22362 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22364 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22365 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22367 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22368 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22370 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22371 deleted.
22373 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22374 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22375 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22376 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22377 even beep.)
22379 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22381 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22382 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22384 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22386 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22387 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22389 \(fn)" t nil)
22391 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22392 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22393 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22394 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22395 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22396 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22397 and point is at the lower right corner.
22399 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22401 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22402 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22404 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22405 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22407 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22408 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22409 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22411 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22413 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22415 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22416 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22417 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22418 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22419 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22421 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22422 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22424 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22426 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22427 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22428 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22430 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22432 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22434 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22436 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22437 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22439 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22440 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22441 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22443 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22445 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22446 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22447 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22449 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22450 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22451 rectangle which were empty.
22453 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22455 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22456 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22458 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22459 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22460 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22461 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22463 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22465 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22466 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22467 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22471 ;;;***
22473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20884 7264
22474 ;;;;;; 912957 506000))
22475 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22477 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22478 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22479 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22480 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22481 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22483 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22484 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22485 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22486 auto-filling.
22488 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22492 ;;;***
22494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20928 13222
22495 ;;;;;; 500272 0))
22496 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22498 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22499 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22501 \(fn)" nil nil)
22503 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22504 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22506 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22507 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22509 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22510 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22511 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22512 \\ref macro.
22514 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22515 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22516 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22518 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22519 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22520 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22522 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22523 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22525 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22526 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22528 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22529 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22530 on the menu bar.
22532 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22536 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22537 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22538 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22540 \(fn)" nil nil)
22542 ;;;***
22544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (20921
22545 ;;;;;; 39978 248467 0))
22546 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22548 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22549 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22550 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22551 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22552 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22553 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22555 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22557 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22559 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22560 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22561 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22562 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22563 `reftex-cite-format'.
22565 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22566 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22567 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22568 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22570 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22572 ;;;***
22574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22575 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22576 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22578 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22579 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22580 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22581 the current TeX document.
22583 With no argument, this command toggles
22584 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22585 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22589 ;;;***
22591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22592 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
22593 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22595 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22596 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22597 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22599 To insert new phrases, use
22600 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22601 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22603 To index phrases use one of:
22605 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22606 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22607 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22608 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22609 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22611 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22612 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22614 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22616 Here are all local bindings.
22618 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22620 \(fn)" t nil)
22622 ;;;***
22624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22625 ;;;;;; (21107 58096 588457 0))
22626 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22628 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22629 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22630 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22631 of master file.
22633 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22635 ;;;***
22637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20895
22638 ;;;;;; 15912 444844 0))
22639 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22640 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22641 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22642 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22643 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22645 ;;;***
22647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (20709
22648 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
22649 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22651 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22652 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22653 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22654 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22655 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22656 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22658 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22659 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22661 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22662 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22663 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22664 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22666 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22668 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22669 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22670 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22671 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22673 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22675 ;;;***
22677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (20709 26818 907104
22678 ;;;;;; 0))
22679 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22680 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22682 ;;;***
22684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21093 51772
22685 ;;;;;; 844670 0))
22686 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22687 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22689 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22690 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22691 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22692 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22694 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22696 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22698 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22699 Call `remember' in another frame.
22701 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22703 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22704 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22705 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22707 \(fn)" t nil)
22709 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22710 Extract diary entries from the region.
22712 \(fn)" nil nil)
22714 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22715 Creates notes buffer and switches to it if called interactively.
22717 If a notes buffer created by a previous invocation of this
22718 function already exist, it will be returned. Otherwise a new
22719 buffer will be created whose content will be read from file
22720 pointed by `remember-data-file'. If a buffer visiting this file
22721 already exist, that buffer will be used instead of creating a new
22722 one (see `find-file-noselect' function for more details).
22724 Name of the created buffer is taken from `remember-notes-buffer-name'
22725 variable and if a buffer with that name already exist (but was not
22726 created by this function), it will be first killed.
22727 \\<remember-notes-mode-map>
22728 `remember-notes-mode' is active in the notes buffer which by default
22729 contains only one \\[save-and-bury-buffer] binding which saves and
22730 buries the buffer.
22732 Function returns notes buffer. When called interactively,
22733 switches to it as well.
22735 Notes buffer is meant for keeping random notes which you'd like to
22736 preserve across Emacs restarts. The notes will be stored in the
22737 `remember-data-file'.
22739 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22741 ;;;***
22743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
22744 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22745 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22747 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22748 Repeat most recently executed command.
22749 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22750 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22751 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22753 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22754 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22755 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22756 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22758 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22759 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22760 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22762 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22764 ;;;***
22766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (20921 39978
22767 ;;;;;; 248467 0))
22768 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22770 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22771 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22773 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22774 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22775 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22776 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22777 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22778 and point is left after the salutation.
22780 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22781 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22782 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22783 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22784 left after that text.
22786 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22787 is non-nil.
22789 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22790 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22791 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22792 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22794 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22796 ;;;***
22798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (20992 52525 458637
22799 ;;;;;; 0))
22800 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22802 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22803 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22804 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22805 visibility of comments that precede it.
22806 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22807 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22808 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22809 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22810 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22811 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22812 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22813 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22814 the comment lines.
22815 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22816 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22817 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22818 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22819 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22823 ;;;***
22825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21041 38058 75002 0))
22826 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22828 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22829 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22830 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22831 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22832 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22834 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22835 reveals invisible text around point.
22837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22839 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22840 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22841 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22842 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22843 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22844 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22846 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22848 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22849 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22850 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22852 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22853 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22854 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22858 ;;;***
22860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (20709 26818 907104
22861 ;;;;;; 0))
22862 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22864 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22865 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22867 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22869 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22870 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22872 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22874 ;;;***
22876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20903 10024 645978
22877 ;;;;;; 0))
22878 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22880 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22881 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22882 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22883 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22885 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22887 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22888 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22889 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22890 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22892 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22893 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22895 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22896 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22898 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22899 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22900 INPUT-ARGS.
22902 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22903 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22904 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22905 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22906 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22908 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22909 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22910 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22911 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22913 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22914 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22915 variable.
22917 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22919 ;;;***
22921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21105 26139 752484
22922 ;;;;;; 0))
22923 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22925 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22926 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22928 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22930 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22932 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22933 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22934 Its name should end with a slash.")
22936 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22937 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22939 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22940 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22941 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22943 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22945 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22946 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22947 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22948 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22949 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22950 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22951 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22953 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22954 sent by you under different user names.
22955 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22957 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22959 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22961 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22963 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22964 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22965 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22966 explicitly.")
22968 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22970 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22971 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22972 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22973 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22974 which normally happens once for each message,
22975 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22976 To make a change in this variable take effect
22977 for a message that you have already viewed,
22978 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22980 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22982 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22983 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22984 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22985 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22987 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22989 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22990 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22992 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22994 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22995 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22996 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22998 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23000 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23001 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23002 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23003 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23004 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23005 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23007 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23009 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23010 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23012 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23014 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23015 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23017 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23019 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23020 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23022 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23023 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23025 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23027 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23028 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23030 This is set to nil by default.")
23032 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23033 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23034 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23035 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23036 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23037 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23038 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23040 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23041 Read and edit incoming mail.
23042 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23043 file in RMAIL Mode.
23044 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23046 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23047 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23048 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23049 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23051 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23053 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23055 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23056 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23057 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23058 Instead, these commands are available:
23060 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23061 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23062 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23063 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23064 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23065 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23066 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23067 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23068 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23069 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23070 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23071 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23072 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23073 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23074 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23075 till a deleted message is found.
23076 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23077 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23078 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23079 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23080 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23081 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23082 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23083 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23084 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23085 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23086 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23087 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23088 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23089 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23090 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23091 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23092 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23093 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23094 (label defaults to last one specified).
23095 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23096 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23097 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23098 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23099 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23100 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23101 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23102 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23103 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23105 \(fn)" t nil)
23107 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23108 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23110 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23112 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23113 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23115 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23117 ;;;***
23119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20709 26818
23120 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
23121 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23122 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23124 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23125 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23126 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23127 case it writes Babyl.
23129 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23130 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23131 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23132 `rmail-default-file'.
23134 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23135 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23136 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23138 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23139 the header display is currently pruned.
23141 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23142 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23143 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23144 messages after output.
23146 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23147 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23148 message (if writing a file directly).
23150 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23151 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23153 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23155 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23156 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23157 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23158 i) the header is output as currently seen
23159 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23160 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23162 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23163 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23164 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23166 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23168 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23169 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23170 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23171 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23172 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23173 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23174 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23176 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23177 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23178 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23180 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23182 ;;;***
23184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (20998 4934
23185 ;;;;;; 952905 0))
23186 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23188 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23189 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23190 Return a pattern.
23192 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23194 ;;;***
23196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (20813 33065
23197 ;;;;;; 721081 0))
23198 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23200 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23201 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23202 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23203 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23205 \(fn)" t nil)
23207 ;;;***
23209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (20884 6711
23210 ;;;;;; 386198 0))
23211 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23213 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23214 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23216 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23217 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23218 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23219 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23220 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23221 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23222 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23223 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23224 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23225 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23227 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23228 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23229 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23230 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23231 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23232 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23233 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23234 to use for finding the schema.
23236 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23238 ;;;***
23240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20709 26818 907104
23241 ;;;;;; 0))
23242 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23244 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23246 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23247 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23248 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23249 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23250 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23251 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23252 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23253 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23254 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23255 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23256 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23257 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23258 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23259 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23260 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23261 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23262 must be equal.
23264 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23266 ;;;***
23268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082
23269 ;;;;;; 997685 0))
23270 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23272 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23273 Define a robin package.
23275 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23276 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23277 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23278 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23280 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23281 one replaces the old one.
23283 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23285 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23286 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23288 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23289 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23290 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23292 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23294 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23295 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23297 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23299 ;;;***
23301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
23302 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23304 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23305 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23307 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23309 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23310 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23312 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23314 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23315 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23317 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23319 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23320 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23321 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23323 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23324 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23325 in ROT13.
23327 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23329 \(fn)" t nil)
23331 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23332 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23334 \(fn)" t nil)
23336 ;;;***
23338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (20932 10282 564846
23339 ;;;;;; 0))
23340 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23341 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23343 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23344 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23345 \\<rst-mode-map>
23347 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23348 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23349 highlighting.
23351 \\{rst-mode-map}
23353 \(fn)" t nil)
23355 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23356 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23357 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23358 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23359 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23361 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23362 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23363 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23367 ;;;***
23369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21135
23370 ;;;;;; 48053 151871 0))
23371 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23372 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23374 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23375 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23377 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23379 \(fn)" t nil)
23381 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "Vagrant\\|Guard\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23383 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23385 ;;;***
23387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20791 9657 561026
23388 ;;;;;; 0))
23389 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23390 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23392 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23393 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23394 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23396 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23397 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23398 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23399 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23400 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23404 ;;;***
23406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20709 26818 907104
23407 ;;;;;; 0))
23408 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23410 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23411 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23412 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23413 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23415 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23417 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23418 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23419 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23421 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23422 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23423 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23425 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23426 notation.
23428 STRING
23429 matches string STRING literally.
23431 CHAR
23432 matches character CHAR literally.
23434 `not-newline', `nonl'
23435 matches any character except a newline.
23437 `anything'
23438 matches any character
23440 `(any SET ...)'
23441 `(in SET ...)'
23442 `(char SET ...)'
23443 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23444 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23445 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23447 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23448 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23449 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23450 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23452 `(not (any SET ...))'
23453 matches any character not in SET ...
23455 `line-start', `bol'
23456 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23457 in the text being matched
23459 `line-end', `eol'
23460 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23462 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23463 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23464 string being matched against.
23466 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23467 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23468 string being matched against.
23470 `buffer-start'
23471 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23472 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23474 `buffer-end'
23475 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23476 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23478 `point'
23479 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23481 `word-start', `bow'
23482 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23484 `word-end', `eow'
23485 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23487 `word-boundary'
23488 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23489 word.
23491 `(not word-boundary)'
23492 `not-word-boundary'
23493 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23494 word.
23496 `symbol-start'
23497 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23499 `symbol-end'
23500 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23502 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23503 matches 0 through 9.
23505 `control', `cntrl'
23506 matches ASCII control characters.
23508 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23509 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23511 `blank'
23512 matches space and tab only.
23514 `graphic', `graph'
23515 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23516 space, and DEL.
23518 `printing', `print'
23519 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23520 and DEL.
23522 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23523 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23524 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23526 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23527 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23528 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23530 `ascii'
23531 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23533 `nonascii'
23534 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23536 `lower', `lower-case'
23537 matches anything lower-case.
23539 `upper', `upper-case'
23540 matches anything upper-case.
23542 `punctuation', `punct'
23543 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23544 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23546 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23547 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23549 `word', `wordchar'
23550 matches anything that has word syntax.
23552 `not-wordchar'
23553 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23555 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23556 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23557 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23558 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23560 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23561 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23562 `word' (\\sw)
23563 `symbol' (\\s_)
23564 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23565 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23566 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23567 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23568 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23569 `escape' (\\s\\)
23570 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23571 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23572 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23573 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23574 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23576 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23577 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23579 `(category CATEGORY)'
23580 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23581 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23583 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23584 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23585 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23586 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23587 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23588 `symbol' (\\c5)
23589 `digit' (\\c6)
23590 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23591 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23592 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23593 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23594 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23595 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23596 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23597 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23598 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23599 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23600 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23601 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23602 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23603 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23604 `ascii' (\\ca)
23605 `arabic' (\\cb)
23606 `chinese' (\\cc)
23607 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23608 `greek' (\\cg)
23609 `korean' (\\ch)
23610 `indian' (\\ci)
23611 `japanese' (\\cj)
23612 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23613 `latin' (\\cl)
23614 `lao' (\\co)
23615 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23616 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23617 `thai' (\\ct)
23618 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23619 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23620 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23621 `can-break' (\\c|)
23623 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23624 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23626 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23627 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23628 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23629 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23630 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23632 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23633 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23634 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23635 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23637 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23638 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23639 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23640 group number N.
23642 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23643 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23644 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23645 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23646 regular expression.
23648 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23649 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23650 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23651 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23652 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23654 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23655 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23657 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23658 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23660 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23661 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23662 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23664 `(* SEXP ...)'
23665 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23666 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23668 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23669 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23670 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23672 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23673 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23674 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23676 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23677 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23679 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23680 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23682 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23683 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23684 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23685 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23687 `(? SEXP ...)'
23688 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23690 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23691 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23693 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23694 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23695 matches N occurrences.
23697 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23698 matches N or more occurrences.
23700 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23701 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23702 matches N to M occurrences.
23704 `(backref N)'
23705 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23707 `(eval FORM)'
23708 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23709 `regexp-quote' it.
23711 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23712 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23714 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23716 ;;;***
23718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (20709 26818
23719 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
23720 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23721 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23723 ;;;***
23725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21040 42923 330142
23726 ;;;;;; 838000))
23727 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23728 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23730 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23731 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23732 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23733 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23734 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23735 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23737 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23739 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23740 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23741 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23742 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23743 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23745 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23746 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23747 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23748 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23750 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23751 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23752 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23756 ;;;***
23758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21112 54200
23759 ;;;;;; 857404 0))
23760 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23762 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23763 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23764 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23766 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23767 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23768 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23769 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23770 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23771 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23772 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23773 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23775 Commands:
23776 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23777 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23778 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23780 \(fn)" t nil)
23782 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23783 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23784 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23786 Commands:
23787 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23788 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23789 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23790 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23791 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23792 that variable's value is a string.
23794 \(fn)" t nil)
23796 ;;;***
23798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21040 17194
23799 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
23800 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23802 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23803 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23804 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23806 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23808 \(fn)" t nil)
23810 ;;;***
23812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (20709 26818 907104
23813 ;;;;;; 0))
23814 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23816 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23817 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23818 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23819 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23820 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23821 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23823 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23825 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23826 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23827 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23828 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23829 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23831 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23832 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23836 ;;;***
23838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (20709 26818
23839 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
23840 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23842 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23843 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23844 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23845 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23846 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23847 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23848 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23849 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23853 ;;;***
23855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21071 59176 747909
23856 ;;;;;; 0))
23857 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23858 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23859 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23861 ;;;***
23863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21052 33668
23864 ;;;;;; 690120 156000))
23865 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23866 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23868 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23869 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23870 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23872 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23873 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23874 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23875 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23876 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23877 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23878 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23879 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23880 keybinding for tag names.
23881 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23882 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23883 of the symbol under point.
23884 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23885 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23886 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23887 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23888 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23889 syntax tokens.
23890 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23892 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23894 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23895 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23896 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23897 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23898 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23899 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23901 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23903 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23904 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23905 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23906 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23907 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23909 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23910 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23911 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23912 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23913 Semantic mode.
23915 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23919 ;;;***
23921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23922 ;;;;;; (21145 51520 109004 0))
23923 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23925 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23926 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23928 \(fn)" t nil)
23930 ;;;***
23932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23933 ;;;;;; (21145 51520 109004 0))
23934 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23936 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23937 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23939 \(fn)" t nil)
23941 ;;;***
23943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21002 1963 769129
23944 ;;;;;; 0))
23945 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23947 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23948 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23950 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23951 king@grassland.com
23952 If `parens', they look like:
23953 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23954 If `angles', they look like:
23955 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23957 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23958 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23960 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23962 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23963 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23964 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23965 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23967 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23968 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23969 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23970 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23972 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23974 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23975 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23976 This is done when the message is initialized,
23977 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23979 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23981 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23982 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23983 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23985 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23987 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23988 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23989 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23990 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23991 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23992 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23993 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23995 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23997 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23998 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24000 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24002 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24003 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24004 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24005 be a Babyl file.")
24007 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24009 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24010 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24011 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24012 when you first send mail.")
24014 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24016 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24017 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24018 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24019 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24020 This file need not actually exist.")
24022 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24024 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24025 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24027 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24029 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24030 Alist of mail address aliases,
24031 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24032 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24033 can specify a different file name.)
24034 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24035 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24037 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24038 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24039 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24041 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24043 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24044 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24045 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24047 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24049 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24050 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24051 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24052 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24053 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24054 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24055 in the cited portion of the message.
24057 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24058 instead of no action.")
24060 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24062 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24063 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24064 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24065 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24066 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24068 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24070 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24071 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24072 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24073 If a string, that string is inserted.
24074 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24075 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24076 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24077 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24079 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24081 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24082 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24084 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24086 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24087 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24088 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24090 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24091 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24093 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24095 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24096 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24097 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24098 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24100 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24102 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24103 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24104 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24106 \(fn)" nil nil)
24108 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24110 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24113 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24115 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24116 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24117 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24119 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24120 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24122 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24123 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24124 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24125 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24126 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24127 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24128 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24129 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24130 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24131 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24132 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24133 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24134 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24135 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24137 \(fn)" t nil)
24139 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24140 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24141 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24142 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24144 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24146 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24147 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24148 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24149 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24150 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24151 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24153 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24154 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24155 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24157 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24158 User should not set this variable manually,
24159 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24160 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24161 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24163 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24164 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24165 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24166 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24168 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24169 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24171 \\<mail-mode-map>
24172 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24174 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24175 to move to message header fields:
24176 \\{mail-mode-map}
24178 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24179 when the message is initialized.
24181 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24182 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24184 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24185 is inserted.
24187 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24188 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24190 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24191 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24192 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24193 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24194 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24195 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24196 buffer without erasing the contents.
24198 The second through fifth arguments,
24199 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24200 the initial contents of those header fields.
24201 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24202 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24203 original message being replied to, or else an action
24204 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24205 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24206 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24207 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24208 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24209 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24211 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24213 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24214 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24216 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24218 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24219 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24221 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24223 ;;;***
24225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
24226 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24228 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24230 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24232 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24234 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24235 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24236 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24237 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24238 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24239 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24241 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24242 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24244 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24245 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24246 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24248 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24249 \\[server-start].
24251 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24253 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24254 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24255 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24256 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24258 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24260 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24261 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24262 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24263 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24264 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24265 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24267 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24269 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24270 Toggle Server mode.
24271 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24272 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24273 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24275 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24276 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24277 `server-start' for details.
24279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24281 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24282 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24283 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24285 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24286 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24288 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24290 ;;;***
24292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21132 39477 543900 0))
24293 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24295 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24296 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24298 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24299 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24300 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24301 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24302 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24304 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24305 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24306 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24307 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24308 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24309 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24311 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24312 displayed.
24314 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24315 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24316 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24318 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24319 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24321 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24322 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24324 \\{ses-mode-map}
24325 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24326 part):
24327 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24328 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24329 formula:
24330 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24332 \(fn)" t nil)
24334 ;;;***
24336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (20784
24337 ;;;;;; 36406 653593 0))
24338 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24340 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24341 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24342 Makes > match <.
24343 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24344 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24346 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24347 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24348 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24350 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24351 in your init file.
24353 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24355 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24356 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24357 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24359 \(fn)" t nil)
24361 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24362 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24363 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24364 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24365 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24366 which this is based.
24368 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24370 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24371 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24372 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24373 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24375 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24376 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24377 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24379 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24380 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24381 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24382 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24384 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24385 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24386 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24387 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24389 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24391 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24392 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24393 To work around that, do:
24394 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24396 \\{html-mode-map}
24398 \(fn)" t nil)
24400 ;;;***
24402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21118
24403 ;;;;;; 6587 141205 0))
24404 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24405 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24406 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24408 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24409 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24410 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24411 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24412 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24413 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24415 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24416 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24417 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24418 shell-specific features.
24420 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24421 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24422 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24423 \\<sh-mode-map>
24424 \\[sh-case] case statement
24425 \\[sh-for] for loop
24426 \\[sh-function] function definition
24427 \\[sh-if] if statement
24428 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24429 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24430 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24431 \\[sh-select] select loop
24432 \\[sh-until] until loop
24433 \\[sh-while] while loop
24435 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24436 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24437 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24438 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24439 would indent to the way it currently is.
24440 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24441 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24444 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24445 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24446 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24447 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24448 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24449 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24451 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24452 unquoted < insert a here document.
24454 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24455 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24456 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24458 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24459 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24461 \(fn)" t nil)
24463 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24465 ;;;***
24467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21082 29482
24468 ;;;;;; 330637 0))
24469 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24471 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24472 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24474 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24475 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24476 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24478 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24479 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24480 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24481 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24482 the earlier.
24484 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24486 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24488 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24489 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24490 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24492 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24493 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24495 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24496 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24497 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24498 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24499 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24500 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24501 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24502 Emacs version).
24504 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24505 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24506 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24507 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24508 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24510 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24511 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24513 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24515 ;;;***
24517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20959 55207 940876
24518 ;;;;;; 0))
24519 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24521 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24522 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24523 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24524 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24525 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24526 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24527 sites in the cluster.
24529 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24531 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24532 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24533 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24534 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24535 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24537 \(fn)" t nil)
24539 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24540 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24541 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24542 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24543 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24544 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24545 `shadow-define-cluster').
24547 \(fn)" t nil)
24549 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24550 Set up file shadowing.
24552 \(fn)" t nil)
24554 ;;;***
24556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21041 38058 75002 0))
24557 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24559 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24560 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24561 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24562 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24563 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24564 arguments.")
24566 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24568 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24569 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24570 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24571 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24572 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24574 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24575 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24576 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24577 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24578 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24579 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24580 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24581 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24582 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24583 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24584 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24586 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24587 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24588 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24589 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24590 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24591 `default-process-coding-system'.
24593 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24594 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24595 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24596 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24598 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24600 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24602 ;;;***
24604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21049 14338 391345 0))
24605 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24607 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24608 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24609 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24610 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24612 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24614 ;;;***
24616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20926 57896 715754
24617 ;;;;;; 0))
24618 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24620 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24623 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24625 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24628 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24630 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24633 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24635 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24638 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24640 ;;;***
24642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (20709 26818
24643 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
24644 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24646 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24647 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24648 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24649 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24650 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24652 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24654 \(fn)" t nil)
24656 ;;;***
24658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20777 63161
24659 ;;;;;; 848428 0))
24660 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24662 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24663 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24664 \\{simula-mode-map}
24665 Variables controlling indentation style:
24666 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24667 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24668 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24669 `simula-indent-level'
24670 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24671 `simula-substatement-offset'
24672 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24673 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24674 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24675 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24676 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24677 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24678 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24679 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24680 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24681 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24682 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24683 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24684 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24685 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24686 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24687 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24688 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24689 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24690 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24691 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24692 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24693 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24694 or nil if they should not be changed.
24695 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24696 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24697 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24698 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24700 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24701 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24703 \(fn)" t nil)
24705 ;;;***
24707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21087 47399 892476
24708 ;;;;;; 0))
24709 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24711 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24712 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24714 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24715 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24716 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24717 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24719 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24721 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24723 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24724 Insert SKELETON.
24725 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24726 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24727 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24728 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24729 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24731 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24732 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24734 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24736 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24737 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24739 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24740 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24741 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24742 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24744 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24745 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24746 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24747 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24749 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24750 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24751 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24753 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24754 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24756 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24757 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24759 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24760 _ interesting point, interregion here
24761 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24762 interesting point set by _
24763 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24764 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24765 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24766 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24767 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24768 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24769 nil skipped
24771 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24772 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24774 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24775 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24776 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24777 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24778 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24779 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24780 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24781 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24783 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24784 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24785 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24786 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24787 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24788 available:
24790 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24791 then: insert previously read string once more
24792 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24793 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24794 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24796 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24797 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24799 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24801 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24802 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24804 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24805 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24806 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24807 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24808 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24809 such as backslash.
24811 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24812 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24813 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24815 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24817 ;;;***
24819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21139 62016
24820 ;;;;;; 336404 0))
24821 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24823 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24824 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24825 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24826 buffer names.
24828 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24830 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24831 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24832 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24833 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24834 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24835 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24839 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24840 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24841 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24843 \(fn)" t nil)
24845 ;;;***
24847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (20726 5184 974741
24848 ;;;;;; 509000))
24849 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24851 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24852 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24853 A list of images is returned.
24855 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24857 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24858 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24859 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24861 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24863 ;;;***
24865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (20709 26818
24866 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
24867 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24869 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24872 \(fn)" nil nil)
24874 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24875 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24877 \(fn)" t nil)
24879 ;;;***
24881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21040 17194 398147
24882 ;;;;;; 0))
24883 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24885 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24886 Play the Snake game.
24887 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24889 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24891 Snake mode keybindings:
24892 \\<snake-mode-map>
24893 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24894 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24895 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24896 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24897 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24898 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24899 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24901 \(fn)" t nil)
24903 ;;;***
24905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (20891 18859
24906 ;;;;;; 893295 0))
24907 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24909 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24910 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24911 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24912 Tab indents for C code.
24913 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24914 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24915 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24916 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24917 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24919 \(fn)" t nil)
24921 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24922 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24923 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24924 Tab indents for C code.
24925 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24926 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24927 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24928 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24929 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24931 \(fn)" t nil)
24933 ;;;***
24935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20709 26818 907104
24936 ;;;;;; 0))
24937 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24939 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24940 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24941 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24942 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24943 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24945 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24949 ;;;***
24951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20709 26818
24952 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
24953 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24955 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24956 Play Solitaire.
24958 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24959 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24960 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24961 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24962 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24963 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24964 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24965 check after each move or undo.)
24967 What is Solitaire?
24969 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24970 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24971 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24973 Le Solitaire
24974 ============
24976 o o o
24978 o o o
24980 o o o o o o o
24982 o o o . o o o
24984 o o o o o o o
24986 o o o
24988 o o o
24990 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24991 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24992 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24993 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24995 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24996 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24997 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24998 this: o o .
25000 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25001 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25003 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25005 o o o
25007 . o o
25009 o o . o o o o
25011 o . o o o o o
25013 o o o o o o o
25015 o o o
25017 o o o
25019 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25021 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25023 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25025 ;;;***
25027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (20896 36774 886399 0))
25028 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25029 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25031 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25032 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25034 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25035 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25036 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25037 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25038 contiguous.
25040 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25041 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25042 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25043 the sort order.
25045 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25046 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25048 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25049 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25050 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25051 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25052 is called.
25054 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25055 It should move point to the end of the record.
25057 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25058 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25059 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25060 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25061 starts at the beginning of the record.
25063 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25064 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25065 same as ENDRECFUN.
25067 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25068 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25069 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25070 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25071 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25072 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25073 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25075 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25077 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25078 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25079 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25080 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25081 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25082 the sort order.
25084 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25086 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25087 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25088 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25089 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25090 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25091 the sort order.
25093 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25095 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25096 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25097 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25098 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25099 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25100 the sort order.
25102 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25103 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25105 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25106 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25107 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25108 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25109 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25110 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25111 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25112 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25113 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25115 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25117 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25118 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25119 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25120 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25121 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25122 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25123 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25124 the sort order.
25126 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25128 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25129 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25130 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25131 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25133 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25134 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25136 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25137 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25138 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25139 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25140 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25141 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25142 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25143 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25145 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25147 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25148 the sort order.
25150 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25151 starting with the letter \"f\",
25152 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25154 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25156 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25157 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25158 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25159 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25160 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25161 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25162 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25163 the sort order.
25165 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25166 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25167 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25168 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25169 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25171 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25173 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25174 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25175 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25177 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25179 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25180 Delete duplicate lines in the region between BEG and END.
25182 If REVERSE is nil, search and delete duplicates forward keeping the first
25183 occurrence of duplicate lines. If REVERSE is non-nil (when called
25184 interactively with C-u prefix), search and delete duplicates backward
25185 keeping the last occurrence of duplicate lines.
25187 If ADJACENT is non-nil (when called interactively with two C-u prefixes),
25188 delete repeated lines only if they are adjacent. It works like the utility
25189 `uniq' and is useful when lines are already sorted in a large file since
25190 this is more efficient in performance and memory usage than when ADJACENT
25191 is nil that uses additional memory to remember previous lines.
25193 If KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (when called interactively with three C-u prefixes),
25194 duplicate blank lines are preserved.
25196 When called from Lisp and INTERACTIVE is omitted or nil, return the number
25197 of deleted duplicate lines, do not print it; if INTERACTIVE is t, the
25198 function behaves in all respects as if it had been called interactively.
25200 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25202 ;;;***
25204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20901 54695 989166 0))
25205 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25207 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25208 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25209 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25210 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25211 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25212 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25214 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25216 ;;;***
25218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (20874
25219 ;;;;;; 65006 672942 217000))
25220 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25222 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25223 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25225 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25226 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25227 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25229 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25231 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25232 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25233 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25234 server.
25236 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25238 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25239 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25240 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25242 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25244 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25245 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25246 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25247 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25248 Agent is plugged.
25250 \(fn)" t nil)
25252 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25253 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25254 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25255 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25257 \(fn)" t nil)
25259 ;;;***
25261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21024 28968 738399
25262 ;;;;;; 0))
25263 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25265 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25267 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25268 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25269 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25270 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25271 supported at a time.
25272 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25273 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25277 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25278 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25279 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25280 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25282 \(fn)" t nil)
25284 ;;;***
25286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21041 38058 75002
25287 ;;;;;; 0))
25288 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25290 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25291 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25293 \(fn)" t nil)
25295 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25296 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25298 \(fn)" nil nil)
25300 ;;;***
25302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21082 29482 330637
25303 ;;;;;; 0))
25304 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25305 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 3)) package--builtin-versions)
25307 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25308 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25310 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25311 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25312 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25313 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25314 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25315 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25316 of the current highlighting list.
25318 For example:
25320 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25321 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25323 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25324 `_t' as data types.
25326 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25328 (eval '(defun sql-help nil #("Show short help for the SQL modes.\n\nUse an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is\nusually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.\n\nUse the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:\n\n \\\\FREE\n\nOther non-free SQL implementations are also supported:\n\n \\\\NONFREE\n\nBut we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.\n\nYou can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the\ninterpreter for the current `sql-product'.\n\nOnce you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the\nbuffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt\nis generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions\nthat help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.\n\nIf you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a\nprocedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in\n`sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be\nanything. The name of the major mode is SQL.\n\nIn this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire\nbuffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are\nappended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." 0 1 (dynamic-docstring-function sql--make-help-docstring)) (interactive) (describe-function 'sql-help)))
25330 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25331 Major mode to edit SQL.
25333 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25334 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25335 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25337 \\{sql-mode-map}
25338 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25340 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25341 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25342 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25343 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25344 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25345 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25347 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25348 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25350 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25351 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25352 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25354 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25355 (lambda ()
25356 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25358 \(fn)" t nil)
25360 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25361 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25363 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25364 their settings.
25366 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25367 is specified in the connection settings.
25369 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25371 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25372 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25374 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25375 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25377 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25378 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25379 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25380 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25382 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25384 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25386 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25387 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25389 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25390 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25391 `*SQL*'.
25393 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25394 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25395 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25396 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25398 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25399 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25401 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25402 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25403 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25404 buffer.
25406 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25407 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25408 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25409 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25410 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25411 `default-process-coding-system'.
25413 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25415 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25417 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25418 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25420 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25421 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25422 `*SQL*'.
25424 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25425 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25426 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25427 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25429 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25430 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25432 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25433 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25434 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25435 buffer.
25437 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25438 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25439 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25440 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25441 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25442 `default-process-coding-system'.
25444 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25446 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25448 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25449 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25451 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25452 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25453 `*SQL*'.
25455 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25456 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25458 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25459 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25461 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25462 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25463 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25464 buffer.
25466 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25467 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25468 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25469 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25470 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25471 `default-process-coding-system'.
25473 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25475 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25477 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25478 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25480 SQLite is free software.
25482 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25483 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25484 `*SQL*'.
25486 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25487 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25488 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25489 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25491 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25492 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25494 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25495 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25496 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25497 buffer.
25499 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25500 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25501 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25502 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25503 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25504 `default-process-coding-system'.
25506 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25508 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25510 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25511 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25513 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25515 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25516 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25517 `*SQL*'.
25519 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25520 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25521 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25522 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25524 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25525 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25527 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25528 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25529 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25530 buffer.
25532 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25533 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25534 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25535 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25536 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25537 `default-process-coding-system'.
25539 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25541 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25543 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25544 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25546 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25547 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25548 `*SQL*'.
25550 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25551 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25552 defaults, if set.
25554 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25555 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25557 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25558 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25559 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25560 buffer.
25562 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25563 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25564 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25565 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25566 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25567 `default-process-coding-system'.
25569 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25571 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25573 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25574 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25576 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25577 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25578 `*SQL*'.
25580 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25581 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25583 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25584 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25586 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25587 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25588 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25589 buffer.
25591 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25592 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25593 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25594 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25595 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25596 `default-process-coding-system'.
25598 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25600 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25602 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25603 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25605 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25606 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25607 `*SQL*'.
25609 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25610 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25611 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25612 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25614 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25615 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25617 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25618 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25619 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25620 buffer.
25622 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25623 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25624 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25625 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25626 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25627 `default-process-coding-system'.
25629 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25631 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25633 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25634 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25636 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25637 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25638 `*SQL*'.
25640 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25641 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25642 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25643 `sql-postgres-options'.
25645 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25646 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25648 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25649 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25650 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25651 buffer.
25653 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25654 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25655 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25656 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25657 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25658 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25659 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25660 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25662 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25663 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25665 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25667 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25669 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25670 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25672 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25673 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25674 `*SQL*'.
25676 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25677 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25678 defaults, if set.
25680 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25681 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25683 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25684 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25685 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25686 buffer.
25688 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25689 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25690 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25691 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25692 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25693 `default-process-coding-system'.
25695 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25697 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25699 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25700 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25702 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25703 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25704 `*SQL*'.
25706 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25707 automatic login.
25709 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25710 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25712 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25713 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25714 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25715 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25717 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25718 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25719 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25720 buffer.
25722 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25723 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25724 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25725 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25726 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25727 `default-process-coding-system'.
25729 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25731 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25733 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25734 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25736 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25737 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25738 `*SQL*'.
25740 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25741 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25742 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25743 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25744 parameters.
25746 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25747 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25748 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25749 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25750 an empty password.
25752 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25753 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25755 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25756 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25757 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25758 buffer.
25760 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25762 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25764 ;;;***
25766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (20748 62911 684442
25767 ;;;;;; 0))
25768 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25769 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25771 ;;;***
25773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25774 ;;;;;; (21048 47760 436258 0))
25775 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25777 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25778 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25780 \(fn)" t nil)
25782 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25784 ;;;***
25786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (20709 26818
25787 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
25788 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25790 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25791 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25792 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25793 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25794 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25795 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25796 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25797 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25798 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25799 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25800 with any buffer
25801 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25802 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25803 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25804 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25806 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25808 ;;;***
25810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (20799 169 640767 0))
25811 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25813 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25814 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25815 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25816 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25817 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25818 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25820 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25822 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25824 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25825 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25826 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25827 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25828 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25829 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25830 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25832 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25834 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25835 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25836 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25837 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25838 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25839 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25840 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25842 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25844 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25845 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25846 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25848 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25850 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25851 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25852 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25854 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25856 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25857 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25859 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25861 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25862 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25864 \(fn)" t nil)
25866 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25867 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25869 \(fn)" t nil)
25871 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25872 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25873 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25874 chronologically by command name.
25875 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25877 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25879 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25880 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25881 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25882 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25883 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25884 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25886 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25888 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25889 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25890 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25891 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25892 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25894 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25895 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25896 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25897 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25898 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25900 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25901 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25902 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25903 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25905 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25909 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25910 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25911 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25912 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25914 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25916 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25917 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25919 \(fn)" t nil)
25921 ;;;***
25923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (20355 10021 546955
25924 ;;;;;; 0))
25925 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25927 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25928 Studlify-case the region.
25930 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25932 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25933 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25935 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25937 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25938 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25940 \(fn)" t nil)
25942 ;;;***
25944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21086 26537
25945 ;;;;;; 509049 0))
25946 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25948 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25949 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25950 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25951 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25952 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25954 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25955 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25956 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25957 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25959 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25960 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25961 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25963 Nomenclature Subwords
25964 ===========================================================
25965 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25966 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25967 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25969 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25970 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25971 as words.
25973 \\{subword-mode-map}
25975 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25977 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25978 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25979 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25980 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25981 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25982 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25984 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25986 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25987 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25988 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25989 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25990 ARG is omitted or nil.
25992 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25993 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25994 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25998 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25999 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26000 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26001 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26002 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26004 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
26005 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
26006 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
26008 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
26009 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
26010 edit them as words.
26012 \\{superword-mode-map}
26014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26016 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26017 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26018 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26019 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26020 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26021 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26023 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26025 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26026 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26027 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26028 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26029 ARG is omitted or nil.
26031 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26032 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26033 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26037 ;;;***
26039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (20709 26818
26040 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
26041 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26043 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26044 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26045 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26046 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26047 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26048 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26049 original message but it does require a few things:
26051 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26053 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26054 reply buffer.
26056 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26057 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26058 original message.
26060 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26062 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26064 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26065 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26066 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26068 \(fn)" nil nil)
26070 ;;;***
26072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20709 26818 907104
26073 ;;;;;; 0))
26074 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26076 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26078 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26079 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26080 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26081 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26082 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26083 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26085 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26087 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26088 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26089 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26090 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26091 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26093 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26094 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26095 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26099 ;;;***
26101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
26102 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26104 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26105 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26106 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26107 buffer.
26109 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26110 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26111 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26113 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26115 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26116 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26117 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26118 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26119 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26120 buffer.
26122 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26123 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26124 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26126 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26128 ;;;***
26130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20709 26818 907104
26131 ;;;;;; 0))
26132 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26134 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26135 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26136 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26138 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26140 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26141 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26143 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26145 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26146 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26148 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26150 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26151 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26153 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26155 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26156 Insert an editable text table.
26157 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26158 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26159 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26160 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26161 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26162 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26163 delimiting them.
26165 Examples:
26167 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26169 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26170 location of point.
26174 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26175 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26176 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26177 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26178 first cell.
26180 +-----+-----+-----+
26181 |-!- | | |
26182 +-----+-----+-----+
26184 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26186 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26187 width, which results as
26189 +--------------+-----+-----+
26190 |-!- | | |
26191 +--------------+-----+-----+
26193 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26194 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26196 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26197 | | |-!- |
26198 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26200 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26201 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26202 width information to `table-insert'.
26204 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26206 instead of
26208 Cell width(s): 5
26210 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26211 work all together.
26213 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26214 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26216 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26217 |-!- | | |
26218 | | | |
26219 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26221 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26223 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26224 |-!- | | |
26225 | | | |
26226 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26227 | | | |
26228 | | | |
26229 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26231 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26233 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26234 | | | |
26235 | | | |
26236 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26237 | | | |
26238 | | | |
26239 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26242 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26243 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26244 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26246 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26247 | | | |
26248 | | | |
26249 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26250 | | | |
26251 | | | |
26252 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26253 |-!- | | |
26254 | | | |
26255 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26257 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26258 results.
26260 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26261 | | | |
26262 | | | |
26263 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26264 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26265 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26266 | | |expected results.-!- |
26267 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26268 | | | |
26269 | | | |
26270 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26272 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26274 \\{table-cell-map}
26276 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26278 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26279 Insert N table row(s).
26280 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26281 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26282 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26283 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26285 \(fn N)" t nil)
26287 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26288 Insert N table column(s).
26289 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26290 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26291 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26292 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26294 \(fn N)" t nil)
26296 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26297 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26298 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26300 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26302 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26303 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26304 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26305 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26306 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26307 all the table specific features.
26309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26311 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26314 \(fn)" t nil)
26316 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26317 Recognize all tables within region.
26318 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26319 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26320 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26321 specific features.
26323 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26325 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26328 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26330 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26331 Recognize a table at point.
26332 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26333 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26334 the table specific features.
26336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26338 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26341 \(fn)" t nil)
26343 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26344 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26345 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26346 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26347 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26348 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26349 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26351 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26353 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26356 \(fn)" t nil)
26358 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26359 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26360 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26361 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26362 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26363 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26364 specified.
26366 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26368 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26369 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26370 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26371 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26372 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26373 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26374 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26375 table structure.
26377 \(fn N)" t nil)
26379 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26380 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26381 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26382 table's rectangle structure.
26384 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26386 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26387 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26388 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26389 table's rectangle structure.
26391 \(fn N)" t nil)
26393 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26394 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26395 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26396 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26397 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26399 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26401 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26402 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26403 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26405 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26406 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26407 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26408 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26409 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26410 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26411 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26413 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26414 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26415 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26416 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26417 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26418 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26419 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26421 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26422 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26423 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26424 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26425 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26426 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26427 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26428 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26430 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26432 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26433 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26434 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26435 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26439 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26440 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26441 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26443 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26445 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26446 Split current cell vertically.
26447 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26449 \(fn)" t nil)
26451 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26452 Split current cell horizontally.
26453 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26455 \(fn)" t nil)
26457 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26458 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26459 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26461 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26463 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26464 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26465 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26466 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26468 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26470 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26471 Justify cell contents.
26472 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26473 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26474 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26475 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26477 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26479 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26480 Justify cells of a row.
26481 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26482 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26484 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26486 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26487 Justify cells of a column.
26488 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26489 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26491 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26493 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26494 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26495 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26496 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26497 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26498 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26499 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26500 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26501 run-time.
26503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26505 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26506 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26507 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26508 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26509 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26510 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26511 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26512 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26513 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26514 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26515 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26517 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26519 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26520 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26521 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26522 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26523 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26524 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26525 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26526 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26527 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26528 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26529 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26530 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26531 untouched.
26533 References used for this implementation:
26535 HTML:
26536 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26538 LaTeX:
26539 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26541 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26542 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26543 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26545 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26547 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26548 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26549 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26550 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26551 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26552 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26553 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26554 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26555 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26556 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26557 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26558 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26559 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26560 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26561 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26562 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26563 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26565 Example:
26567 (progn
26568 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26569 (table-forward-cell 15)
26570 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26571 (table-forward-cell 16)
26572 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26573 (table-forward-cell 1)
26574 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26576 (progn
26577 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26578 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26579 (table-forward-cell 1)
26580 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26582 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26584 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26585 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26586 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26587 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26588 consists from cells of same height.
26590 \(fn N)" t nil)
26592 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26593 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26594 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26595 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26596 column must consists from cells of same width.
26598 \(fn N)" t nil)
26600 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26601 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26602 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26603 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26604 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26605 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26606 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26607 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26608 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26609 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26610 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26611 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26612 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26613 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26614 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26617 Example 1:
26619 1, 2, 3, 4
26620 5, 6, 7, 8
26621 , 9, 10
26623 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26624 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26625 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26626 specified as 5.
26628 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26629 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26630 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26631 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26632 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26633 | | 9 | 10 | |
26634 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26636 Note:
26638 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26639 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26640 of each row is optional.
26643 Example 2:
26645 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26646 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26647 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26648 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26649 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26651 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26652 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26654 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26655 expression and raw delimiter regular
26656 expression, it parses the specified text
26657 area and extracts cell items from
26658 non-table text and then forms a table out
26659 of them.
26661 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26662 creates a single cell table. The text in
26663 the specified region is placed in that
26664 cell.-*-
26666 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26667 like this.
26669 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26670 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26671 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26673 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26674 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26675 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26676 | area and extracts cell items from |
26677 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26678 | of them. |
26680 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26681 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26682 | the specified region is placed in that |
26683 | cell. |
26684 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26686 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26687 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26688 independently.
26690 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26691 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26692 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26693 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26694 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26695 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26696 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26697 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26698 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26699 | |of them. |
26700 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26701 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26702 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26703 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26704 | |cell. |
26705 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26707 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26708 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26709 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26711 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26713 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26714 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26715 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26716 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26717 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26719 \(fn)" t nil)
26721 ;;;***
26723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
26724 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26726 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26727 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26729 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26731 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26732 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26734 \(fn)" t nil)
26736 ;;;***
26738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20932 10282 564846
26739 ;;;;;; 0))
26740 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26742 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26743 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26744 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26745 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26746 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26747 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26748 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26750 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26751 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26752 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26753 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26755 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26756 \\{tar-mode-map}
26758 \(fn)" t nil)
26760 ;;;***
26762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (20903 10024 645978
26763 ;;;;;; 0))
26764 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26766 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26767 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26768 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26769 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26770 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26771 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26773 Variables controlling indentation style:
26774 `tcl-indent-level'
26775 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26776 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26777 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26779 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26780 documentation for details):
26781 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26782 Controls action of TAB key.
26783 `tcl-auto-newline'
26784 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26785 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26786 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26787 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26788 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26790 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26791 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26792 already exist.
26794 \(fn)" t nil)
26796 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26797 Run inferior Tcl process.
26798 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26799 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26801 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26803 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26804 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26805 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26807 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26809 ;;;***
26811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20709 26818 907104
26812 ;;;;;; 0))
26813 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26815 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26816 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26817 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26818 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26820 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26821 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26822 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26823 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26824 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26826 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26828 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26829 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26830 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26831 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26833 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26835 ;;;***
26837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21049 14338 391345 0))
26838 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26840 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26841 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26842 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26843 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26844 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26845 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26847 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26849 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26850 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26851 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26852 commands to use in that buffer.
26854 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26856 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26858 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26859 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26861 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26863 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26864 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26865 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26866 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26867 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26868 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26869 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26870 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26871 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26872 use in that buffer.
26873 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26875 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26877 ;;;***
26879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (20878
26880 ;;;;;; 6823 881439 0))
26881 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26883 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26884 Start coverage on function under point.
26886 \(fn)" t nil)
26888 ;;;***
26890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20874 65006 672942
26891 ;;;;;; 217000))
26892 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26893 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26895 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26896 Play the Tetris game.
26897 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26898 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26899 as to form complete rows.
26901 tetris-mode keybindings:
26902 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26903 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26904 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26905 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26906 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26907 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26908 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26909 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26910 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26912 \(fn)" t nil)
26914 ;;;***
26916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21136 36544
26917 ;;;;;; 158478 0))
26918 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26920 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26921 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26923 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26925 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26926 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26927 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26928 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26929 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26931 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26933 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26934 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26935 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26936 if it matches the first line of the file,
26937 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26939 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26941 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26942 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26943 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26944 if the variable is non-nil.")
26946 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26948 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26949 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26951 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26953 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26954 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26955 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26956 See the documentation of that variable.")
26958 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26960 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26961 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26962 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26963 See the documentation of that variable.")
26965 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26967 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26968 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26969 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26970 See the documentation of that variable.")
26972 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26974 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26975 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26976 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26977 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26978 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26980 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26982 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26983 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26984 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26985 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26987 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26989 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26990 User defined LaTeX block names.
26991 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26993 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26995 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26996 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26997 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26998 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27000 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27002 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27003 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27004 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27005 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27007 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27009 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27010 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27011 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27012 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27014 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27015 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27016 for example,
27018 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27019 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27021 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27022 use.")
27024 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27026 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27027 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27028 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27029 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27030 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27032 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27034 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27036 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27037 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27038 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27040 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27042 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27043 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27044 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27045 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27046 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27048 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27050 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27051 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27053 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27055 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27056 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27058 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27060 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27061 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27062 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27063 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27064 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27065 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27066 says which mode to use.
27068 \(fn)" t nil)
27070 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27072 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27074 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27076 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27077 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27078 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27079 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27080 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27082 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27083 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27084 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27085 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27086 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27087 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27088 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27090 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27091 mismatched $'s or braces.
27093 Special commands:
27094 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27096 Mode variables:
27097 tex-run-command
27098 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27099 tex-directory
27100 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27101 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27102 tex-dvi-print-command
27103 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27104 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27105 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27106 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27107 tex-dvi-view-command
27108 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27109 tex-show-queue-command
27110 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27111 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27113 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27114 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27115 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27117 \(fn)" t nil)
27119 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27120 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27121 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27122 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27123 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27125 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27126 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27127 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27128 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27129 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27130 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27131 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27133 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27134 mismatched $'s or braces.
27136 Special commands:
27137 \\{latex-mode-map}
27139 Mode variables:
27140 latex-run-command
27141 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27142 tex-directory
27143 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27144 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27145 tex-dvi-print-command
27146 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27147 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27148 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27149 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27150 tex-dvi-view-command
27151 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27152 tex-show-queue-command
27153 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27154 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27156 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27157 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27158 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27160 \(fn)" t nil)
27162 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27163 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27164 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27165 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27166 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27168 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27169 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27170 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27171 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27172 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27173 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27174 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27176 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27177 mismatched $'s or braces.
27179 Special commands:
27180 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27182 Mode variables:
27183 slitex-run-command
27184 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27185 tex-directory
27186 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27187 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27188 tex-dvi-print-command
27189 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27190 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27191 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27192 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27193 tex-dvi-view-command
27194 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27195 tex-show-queue-command
27196 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27197 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27199 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27200 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27201 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27202 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27204 \(fn)" t nil)
27206 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27209 \(fn)" nil nil)
27211 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27212 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27214 \(fn)" t nil)
27216 ;;;***
27218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20709 26818
27219 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
27220 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27222 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27223 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27224 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27225 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27227 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27228 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27229 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27231 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27233 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27234 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27235 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27236 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27237 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27239 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27241 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27242 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27243 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27244 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27246 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27247 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27248 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27249 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27251 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27252 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27254 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27256 ;;;***
27258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20709 26818
27259 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
27260 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27262 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27263 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27265 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27267 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27268 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27270 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27272 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27273 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27275 It has these extra commands:
27276 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27278 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27279 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27280 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27281 modified version of TeX input format.
27283 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27284 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27285 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27286 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27288 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27289 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27290 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27291 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27292 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27293 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27294 in the Texinfo file.
27296 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27297 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27298 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27299 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27300 move forward past the closing brace.
27302 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27303 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27305 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27306 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27307 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27309 Here are the functions:
27311 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27312 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27313 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27315 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27316 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27317 texinfo-master-menu
27319 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27321 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27322 which menu descriptions are indented.
27324 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27325 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27326 in the region.
27328 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27329 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27330 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27331 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27333 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27334 be the first node in the file.
27336 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27337 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27339 \(fn)" t nil)
27341 ;;;***
27343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (20709
27344 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
27345 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27347 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27348 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27349 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27350 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27352 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27354 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27355 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27357 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27359 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27360 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27362 \(fn)" t nil)
27364 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27367 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27369 ;;;***
27371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21114 9531 52922
27372 ;;;;;; 0))
27373 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27375 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27376 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27377 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27378 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27379 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27380 `line', and `page'.
27382 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27384 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27385 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27386 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27387 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27388 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27389 `line', and `page'.
27391 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27392 valid THING.
27394 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27395 positions of the thing found.
27397 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27399 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27400 Return the THING at point.
27401 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27402 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27403 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27404 `line', `number', and `page'.
27406 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27407 strip text properties from the return value.
27409 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27410 a symbol as a valid THING.
27412 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27414 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27415 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27417 \(fn)" nil nil)
27419 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27420 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27422 \(fn)" nil nil)
27424 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27425 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27427 \(fn)" nil nil)
27429 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27430 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27432 \(fn)" nil nil)
27434 ;;;***
27436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (20958 59019 473587 89000))
27437 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27439 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27440 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27442 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27444 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27445 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27446 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27447 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27449 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27451 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27452 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27454 \(fn)" t nil)
27456 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27457 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27459 \(fn)" t nil)
27461 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27463 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27464 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27466 \(fn)" t nil)
27468 ;;;***
27470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20826
27471 ;;;;;; 45095 436233 0))
27472 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27474 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27475 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27476 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27478 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27480 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27481 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27483 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27485 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27486 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27487 The returned string has no composition information.
27489 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27491 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27492 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27494 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27496 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27497 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27499 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27501 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27502 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27503 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27504 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27506 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27508 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27509 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27510 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27511 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27513 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27515 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27516 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27517 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27519 \(fn)" t nil)
27521 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27522 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27523 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27525 \(fn)" t nil)
27527 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27530 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27532 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27535 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27537 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27540 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27542 ;;;***
27544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (20791 9657
27545 ;;;;;; 561026 0))
27546 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27547 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27549 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27550 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27551 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27552 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27553 parameters.
27554 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27556 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27558 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27559 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27560 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27561 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27562 parameters.
27563 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27565 \(fn)" t nil)
27567 ;;;***
27569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21145 51520 109004 0))
27570 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27572 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27573 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27575 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27576 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27578 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27579 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27580 This display updates automatically every minute.
27581 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27582 are displayed as well.
27583 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27585 \(fn)" t nil)
27587 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27588 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27589 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27590 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27591 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27592 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27594 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27596 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27597 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27598 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27599 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27600 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27602 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27603 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27604 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27605 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27606 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27610 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27611 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27612 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27613 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27615 \(fn)" t nil)
27617 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27618 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27619 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27620 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27622 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27624 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27625 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27627 \(fn)" t nil)
27629 ;;;***
27631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (20709
27632 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
27633 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27635 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27636 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27637 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27639 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27640 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27641 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27642 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27643 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27644 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27646 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27647 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27649 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27651 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27652 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27654 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27656 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27657 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27659 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27661 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27662 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27663 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27665 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27667 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27669 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27670 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27671 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27673 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27675 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27676 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27678 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27680 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27681 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27682 DATE should be a date-time string.
27684 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27686 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27687 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27688 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27690 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27692 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27693 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27695 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27697 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27698 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27700 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27702 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27703 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27704 TIME should be a time value.
27705 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27707 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27709 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27710 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27711 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27713 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27715 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27716 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27717 The valid format specifiers are:
27718 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27719 %d is the number of days.
27720 %h is the number of hours.
27721 %m is the number of minutes.
27722 %s is the number of seconds.
27723 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27724 %% is a literal \"%\".
27726 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27727 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27729 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27730 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27731 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27733 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27734 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27735 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27737 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27739 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27741 ;;;***
27743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (20709 26818 907104
27744 ;;;;;; 0))
27745 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27746 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27747 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27748 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27749 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27750 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27751 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27752 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27753 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27755 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27756 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27757 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27758 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27759 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27760 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27761 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27762 look like one of the following:
27763 Time-stamp: <>
27764 Time-stamp: \" \"
27765 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27766 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27767 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27768 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27769 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27770 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27771 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27772 the template.
27774 \(fn)" t nil)
27776 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27777 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27778 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27782 ;;;***
27784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21013
27785 ;;;;;; 58662 278539 0))
27786 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27787 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27789 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27790 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27791 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27792 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27793 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27794 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27796 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27798 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27799 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27800 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27801 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27802 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27803 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27804 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27805 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27806 display (non-nil means on).
27808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27810 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27811 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27812 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27813 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27814 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27815 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27816 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27817 this function is called within a day.
27819 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27820 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27821 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27822 discover the name of the project.
27824 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27826 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27827 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27828 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27829 begun during the last time segment.
27831 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27832 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27833 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27834 discover the reason.
27836 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27838 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27839 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27840 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27841 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27842 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27844 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27846 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27847 Change to working on a different project.
27848 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27849 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27850 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27851 working on.
27853 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27855 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27856 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27857 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27859 \(fn)" nil nil)
27861 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27862 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27863 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27865 \(fn)" t nil)
27867 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27868 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27869 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27870 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27871 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27872 \"relative to today\".
27874 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27876 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27877 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27878 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27879 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27881 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27883 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27884 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27885 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27886 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27887 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27888 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27890 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27892 ;;;***
27894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27895 ;;;;;; (21145 51520 109004 0))
27896 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27898 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27899 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27900 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27901 the generated Quail package is saved.
27903 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27905 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27906 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27907 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27908 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27909 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27910 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27911 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27913 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27915 ;;;***
27917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21086 55571 430148 991000))
27918 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27919 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27920 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27922 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27923 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27924 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27925 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27926 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27928 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27929 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27930 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27932 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27934 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27935 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27936 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27937 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27938 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27940 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27942 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27943 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27944 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27945 in the menu in two ways:
27946 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27947 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27948 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27950 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27951 keymap or an alist of alists.
27952 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27953 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27955 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27957 ;;;***
27959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20982
27960 ;;;;;; 16679 447285 0))
27961 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27963 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27964 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27966 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27967 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27968 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27969 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27970 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27971 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27972 file was last visited.
27974 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27975 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27976 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27977 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27978 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27979 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27980 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27981 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27982 for the first item.
27984 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27985 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27986 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27987 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27988 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27989 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27990 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27991 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27993 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27994 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27995 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27996 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27997 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27999 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28000 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28002 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28004 ;;;***
28006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20709 26818 907104
28007 ;;;;;; 0))
28008 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28010 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28011 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28012 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28016 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28017 Add an item to the tool bar.
28018 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28019 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28020 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28021 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28023 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28024 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28025 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28026 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28028 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28029 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28031 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28033 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28034 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28035 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28036 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28037 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28038 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28040 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28041 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28042 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28043 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28045 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28047 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28048 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28049 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28050 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28051 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28052 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28053 properties to add to the binding.
28055 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28057 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28058 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28060 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28062 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28063 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28064 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28065 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28066 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28067 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28068 properties to add to the binding.
28070 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28071 holds a keymap.
28073 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28075 ;;;***
28077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (21105 26139
28078 ;;;;;; 752484 0))
28079 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28080 (push (purecopy '(tpu-edt 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
28082 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28083 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28084 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28085 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28086 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28087 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28089 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28091 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28092 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28093 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28094 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28095 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28099 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28101 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28102 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28104 \(fn)" t nil)
28106 ;;;***
28108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" (20709
28109 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
28110 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28112 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28113 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28115 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28116 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28117 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28118 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28119 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28121 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28122 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28123 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28124 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28125 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28127 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28128 (tpu-edt)
28130 Known Problems:
28132 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28133 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28134 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28135 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28136 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28137 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28139 \(fn)" t nil)
28141 ;;;***
28143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21074 35375 473679
28144 ;;;;;; 0))
28145 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28147 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28148 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28149 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28150 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28151 to a tcp server on another machine.
28153 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28155 ;;;***
28157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20903 10024
28158 ;;;;;; 645978 0))
28159 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28161 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28162 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28164 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28166 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28167 Helper function to get internal values.
28168 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28170 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28172 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28173 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28174 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28175 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28176 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28177 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28178 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28179 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28181 To untrace a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28183 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28185 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28186 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28187 Like `trace-function-foreground' but without popping up the trace BUFFER or
28188 changing the window configuration.
28190 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28192 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28194 ;;;***
28196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21141 54458 609734
28197 ;;;;;; 0))
28198 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28200 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28201 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28202 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28204 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28206 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28207 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28209 It can have the following values:
28211 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28212 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28214 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28216 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28217 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28218 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28219 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28221 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28223 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28224 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28225 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28226 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28228 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28229 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28230 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28231 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28232 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28233 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28234 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28235 files which are not really Tramp files.
28237 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28238 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28239 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28240 updated after changing this variable.
28242 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28244 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28245 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28246 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28247 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28249 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28251 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28252 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28253 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28254 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28256 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28257 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28258 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28260 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28261 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28262 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28263 updated after changing this variable.
28265 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28267 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28268 Alist of completion handler functions.
28269 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28270 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28271 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28273 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28274 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28275 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28276 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28278 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28279 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28280 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28281 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28283 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28284 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28285 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28287 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28289 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28290 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28291 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28293 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28294 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28296 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28298 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28301 \(fn)" nil nil)
28303 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28304 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28306 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28308 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28309 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28311 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28313 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28314 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28316 \(fn)" t nil)
28318 ;;;***
28320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21089 2732
28321 ;;;;;; 351717 0))
28322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28324 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28327 \(fn)" nil nil)
28329 ;;;***
28331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20999 25770 522517
28332 ;;;;;; 0))
28333 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28335 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28336 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28337 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28338 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28339 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28340 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28341 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28342 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28344 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28345 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28346 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28348 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28349 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28350 resumed later.
28352 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28354 ;;;***
28356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20355 10021
28357 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
28358 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28360 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28363 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28365 ;;;***
28367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21049
28368 ;;;;;; 1191 520844 232000))
28369 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28370 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28371 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28372 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28374 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28375 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28376 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28377 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28378 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28379 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28380 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28382 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28384 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28385 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28386 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28387 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28389 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28391 \(fn)" t nil)
28393 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28394 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28395 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28396 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28397 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28398 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28399 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28401 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28402 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28404 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28405 \\___/\\
28406 / \\
28407 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28409 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28411 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28413 ;;;***
28415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (20884 7264 912957
28416 ;;;;;; 506000))
28417 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28419 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28420 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28421 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28422 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28423 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28424 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28426 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28428 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28429 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28430 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28432 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28433 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28434 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28435 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28436 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28437 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28438 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28440 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28441 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28443 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28444 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28445 reset the keystroke counter.
28447 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28448 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28449 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28450 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28452 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28453 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28454 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28455 `type-break-schedule' command.
28457 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28458 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28459 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28460 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28461 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28462 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28463 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28464 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28465 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28467 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28468 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28469 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28470 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28471 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28473 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28474 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28475 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28476 approximate good values for this.
28478 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28479 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28481 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28482 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28483 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28484 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28485 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28486 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28488 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28489 a typing break occur. They include:
28491 `type-break-query-mode'
28492 `type-break-query-function'
28493 `type-break-query-interval'
28495 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28497 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28498 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28499 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28500 problems.
28502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28504 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28505 Take a typing break.
28507 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28508 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28510 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28511 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28513 \(fn)" t nil)
28515 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28516 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28517 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28518 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28520 \(fn)" t nil)
28522 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28523 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28525 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28526 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28527 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28528 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28529 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28530 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28531 average typing speed.)
28533 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28534 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28535 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28536 the computed maximum threshold.
28538 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28539 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28540 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28541 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28542 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28544 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28546 ;;;***
28548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21082 29482 330637 0))
28549 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28551 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28552 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28553 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28554 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28555 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28557 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28559 ;;;***
28561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28562 ;;;;;; (20709 26818 907104 0))
28563 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28565 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28566 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28568 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28570 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28571 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28573 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28575 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28576 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28578 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28580 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28581 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28583 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28585 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28586 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28588 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28590 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28591 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28593 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28595 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28596 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28598 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28600 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28601 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28603 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28605 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28606 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28608 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28610 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28611 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28613 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28615 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28616 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28618 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28620 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28621 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28623 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28625 ;;;***
28627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (20709
28628 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
28629 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28631 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28632 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28633 Works by overstriking underscores.
28634 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28635 which specify the range to operate on.
28637 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28639 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28640 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28641 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28642 which specify the range to operate on.
28644 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28646 ;;;***
28648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (20895 15912 444844
28649 ;;;;;; 0))
28650 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28652 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28653 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28654 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28655 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28656 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28657 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28659 \(fn)" nil nil)
28661 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28662 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28663 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28665 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28667 ;;;***
28669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20709 26818
28670 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
28671 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28673 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28674 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28675 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28676 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28678 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28680 ;;;***
28682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (20893 60586 188550 0))
28683 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28685 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28686 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28687 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28688 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28689 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28691 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28692 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28693 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28694 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28695 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28696 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28698 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28699 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28700 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28702 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28703 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28704 the callback is not called).
28706 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28707 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28708 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28709 take effect.
28711 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28712 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28713 the server.
28714 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28715 URL-encoded before it's used.
28717 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28719 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28720 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28721 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28722 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28723 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28725 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28727 ;;;***
28729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20709 26818 907104
28730 ;;;;;; 0))
28731 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28733 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28734 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28735 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28737 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28738 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28739 `url-generic-parse-url'
28740 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28741 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28742 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28743 realm
28744 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28745 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28746 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28747 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28748 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28749 what type of auth to use
28750 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28751 if one cannot be found in the cache
28753 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28755 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28756 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28758 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28759 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28760 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28761 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28762 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28763 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28764 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28765 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28767 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28769 ;;;***
28771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20751 39094
28772 ;;;;;; 700824 0))
28773 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28775 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28776 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28778 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28780 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28781 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28782 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28784 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28786 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28787 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28789 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28791 ;;;***
28793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20709 26818 907104
28794 ;;;;;; 0))
28795 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28797 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28800 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28802 ;;;***
28804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (20891 18859 893295
28805 ;;;;;; 0))
28806 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28808 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28809 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28810 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28812 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28814 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28815 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28816 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28817 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28819 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28820 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28821 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28822 though.
28824 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28826 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28827 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28828 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28830 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28832 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28835 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28837 ;;;***
28839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20709 26818 907104
28840 ;;;;;; 0))
28841 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28843 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28844 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28846 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28848 ;;;***
28850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (20709 26818 907104
28851 ;;;;;; 0))
28852 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28854 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28855 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28857 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28859 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28860 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28861 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28862 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28863 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28865 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28867 ;;;***
28869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (20984
28870 ;;;;;; 58408 354075 0))
28871 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28873 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28874 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28875 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28876 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28877 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28878 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28880 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28882 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28883 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28884 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28885 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28886 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28890 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28891 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28892 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28893 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28895 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28897 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28898 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28899 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28900 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28901 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28902 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28903 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28904 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28905 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28906 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28908 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28910 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28911 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28912 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28913 accessible.
28915 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28917 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28920 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28922 ;;;***
28924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21063 65063 266334
28925 ;;;;;; 0))
28926 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28927 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28929 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28930 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28931 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28932 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28933 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28935 ;;;***
28937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20709 26818 907104
28938 ;;;;;; 0))
28939 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28941 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28944 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28946 ;;;***
28948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20709 26818 907104
28949 ;;;;;; 0))
28950 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28952 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28953 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28954 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28955 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28956 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28958 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28960 ;;;***
28962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (20709 26818
28963 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
28964 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28966 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28969 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28971 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28972 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28974 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28976 ;;;***
28978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21047 30582 575560
28979 ;;;;;; 699000))
28980 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28982 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28983 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28985 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28987 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28988 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28990 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28992 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28995 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28997 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28999 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29001 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29003 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29004 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29006 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29008 ;;;***
29010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (20884 7264 912957
29011 ;;;;;; 506000))
29012 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29014 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29017 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29019 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29022 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29024 ;;;***
29026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (20709 26818 907104
29027 ;;;;;; 0))
29028 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29030 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29033 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29035 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29038 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29040 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29043 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29045 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29048 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29050 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29053 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29055 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29058 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29060 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29063 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29065 ;;;***
29067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (20709 26818
29068 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29069 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29071 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29072 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29074 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29076 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29077 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29078 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29080 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29081 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29082 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29083 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29084 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29085 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29086 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29087 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29088 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29089 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29090 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29091 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29092 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29093 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29095 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29096 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29097 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29099 Here is an example. The URL
29101 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29103 parses to
29105 TYPE = \"foo\"
29106 USER = \"bob\"
29107 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29108 HOST = \"example.com\"
29109 PORTSPEC = 42
29110 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29111 TARGET = \"nose\"
29112 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29113 FULLNESS = t
29115 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29117 ;;;***
29119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (20709 26818
29120 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29121 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29123 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29124 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29126 \(fn)" t nil)
29128 ;;;***
29130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (20709 26818
29131 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29132 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29134 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29135 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29136 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29137 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29138 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29139 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29141 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29143 ;;;***
29145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21063 65063 266334
29146 ;;;;;; 0))
29147 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29149 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29150 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29151 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29153 If t, all messages will be logged.
29154 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29155 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29157 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29159 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29162 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29164 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29167 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29169 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29170 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29171 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29172 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29173 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29174 & ==> &amp;
29175 < ==> &lt;
29176 > ==> &gt;
29177 \" ==> &quot;
29179 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29181 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29182 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29183 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29185 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29187 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29188 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29189 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29191 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29193 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29194 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29196 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29198 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29199 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29201 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29203 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29204 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29206 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29208 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29211 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29213 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29216 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29218 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29220 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29221 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29223 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29225 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29226 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29228 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29230 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29233 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29235 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29236 Build a query-string.
29238 Given a QUERY in the form:
29239 '((key1 val1)
29240 (key2 val2)
29241 (key3 val1 val2)
29242 (key4)
29243 (key5 \"\"))
29245 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29247 This will return a string
29248 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29249 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29250 be used.
29252 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29254 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29255 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29257 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29259 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29260 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29261 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29262 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29263 forbidden in URL encoding.
29265 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29267 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29268 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29269 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29270 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29271 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29272 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29274 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29275 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29276 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29277 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29279 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29281 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29282 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29283 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29284 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29285 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29286 should return it unchanged.
29288 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29290 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29291 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29292 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29293 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29295 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29297 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29298 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29299 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29301 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29303 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29304 View the current document's URL.
29305 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29306 the minibuffer.
29308 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29310 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29312 ;;;***
29314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (20998 4934 952905
29315 ;;;;;; 0))
29316 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29318 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29319 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29320 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29321 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29322 to refrain from editing the file
29323 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29324 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29325 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29326 in any way you like.
29328 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29330 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29331 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29332 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29333 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29334 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29336 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29337 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29339 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29341 ;;;***
29343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20709 26818
29344 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29345 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29347 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29350 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29352 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29355 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29357 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29360 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29362 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29365 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29367 ;;;***
29369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
29370 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29372 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29373 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29375 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29377 ;;;***
29379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (20709 26818
29380 ;;;;;; 907104 0))
29381 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29383 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29384 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29385 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29386 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29388 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29390 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29391 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29392 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29394 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29396 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29397 Uudecode region between START and END.
29398 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29400 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29402 ;;;***
29404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21141 54458 609734 0))
29405 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29407 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29408 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29409 See `run-hooks'.")
29411 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29413 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29414 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29415 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29417 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29419 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29420 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29421 See `run-hooks'.")
29423 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29425 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29426 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29427 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29428 same state. If not, signal an error.
29430 For merging-based version control systems:
29431 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29432 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29433 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29434 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29435 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29436 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29438 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29439 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29440 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29441 the file(s) for editing.
29442 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29443 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29444 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29445 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29446 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29447 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29449 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29451 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29452 Register into a version control system.
29453 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29454 Otherwise register the current file.
29455 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29456 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29458 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29459 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29460 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29461 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29462 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29463 first backend that could register the file is used.
29465 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29467 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29468 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29470 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29472 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29473 Display diffs between file revisions.
29474 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29475 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29476 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29478 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29479 saving the buffer.
29481 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29483 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29484 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29485 repository history using ediff.
29487 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29489 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29490 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29491 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29492 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29493 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29495 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29496 saving the buffer.
29498 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29500 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29501 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29502 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29503 fileset with the working revision.
29504 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29505 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29507 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29508 saving the buffer.
29510 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29512 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29513 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29514 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29515 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29517 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29519 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29520 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29521 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29522 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29524 \(fn)" t nil)
29526 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29527 Perform a version control merge operation.
29528 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29529 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29530 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29531 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29533 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29534 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29535 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29536 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29537 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29538 changes from the current branch.
29540 \(fn)" t nil)
29542 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29544 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29545 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29546 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29547 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29548 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29549 checked out in that new branch.
29551 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29553 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29554 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29555 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29556 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29557 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29558 allowed and simply skipped).
29560 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29562 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29563 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29564 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29565 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29566 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29568 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29569 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29571 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29573 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29574 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29575 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29576 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29577 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29579 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29581 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29582 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29583 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29585 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29587 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29588 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29589 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29591 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29593 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29594 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29595 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29596 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29598 \(fn)" t nil)
29600 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29601 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29602 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29603 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29605 \(fn)" t nil)
29607 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29609 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29610 Update the current fileset or branch.
29611 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29612 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29613 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29614 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29616 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29617 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29618 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29619 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29620 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29624 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29626 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29627 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29628 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29629 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29630 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29631 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29632 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29634 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29636 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29637 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29638 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29639 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29640 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29641 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29642 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29643 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29644 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29646 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29648 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29649 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29650 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29651 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29653 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29655 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29656 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29657 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29658 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29660 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29662 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29663 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29664 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29665 directory.
29667 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29669 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29670 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29671 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29673 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29674 log entries should be gathered.
29676 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29678 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29679 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29681 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29683 ;;;***
29685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21031 51082
29686 ;;;;;; 798722 0))
29687 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29689 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29690 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29692 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29693 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29694 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29695 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29696 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29697 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29699 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29700 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29701 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29702 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29703 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29704 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29705 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29706 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29708 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29710 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29712 Customization variables:
29714 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29715 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29716 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29717 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29719 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29721 ;;;***
29723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21071 59176 747909
29724 ;;;;;; 0))
29725 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29726 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29727 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29728 (progn
29729 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29730 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29732 ;;;***
29734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21041 38058 75002
29735 ;;;;;; 0))
29736 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29738 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29739 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29741 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29742 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29743 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29744 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29745 (progn
29746 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29747 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29749 ;;;***
29751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21071 59176 747909
29752 ;;;;;; 0))
29753 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29754 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29755 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29756 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29757 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29758 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29759 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29761 ;;;***
29763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21053 29224 547064
29764 ;;;;;; 0))
29765 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29767 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29768 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29769 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29770 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29771 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29773 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29774 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29775 The file lines appear later.
29777 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29778 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29780 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29782 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29784 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29786 ;;;***
29788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21143
29789 ;;;;;; 9782 474230 0))
29790 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29792 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29793 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29794 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29795 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29796 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29797 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29798 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29799 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29800 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29801 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29802 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29803 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29804 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29805 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29806 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29808 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29810 ;;;***
29812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21139 12727 345232
29813 ;;;;;; 0))
29814 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29815 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29816 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29817 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29818 (progn
29819 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29820 (vc-git-registered file))))
29822 ;;;***
29824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21031 51082 798722 0))
29825 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29826 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29827 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29828 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29829 (progn
29830 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29831 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29833 ;;;***
29835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21071 59176 747909
29836 ;;;;;; 0))
29837 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29839 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29840 Name of the monotone directory.")
29842 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29843 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29844 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29845 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29846 (progn
29847 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29848 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29850 ;;;***
29852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21113 26590 654875
29853 ;;;;;; 0))
29854 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29856 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29857 Where to look for RCS master files.
29858 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29860 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29862 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29864 ;;;***
29866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21056 5418 85093
29867 ;;;;;; 0))
29868 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29870 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29871 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29872 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29874 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29876 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29878 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29879 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29880 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29881 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29883 ;;;***
29885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21077 42241 670130
29886 ;;;;;; 556000))
29887 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29888 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29889 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29890 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29891 "_svn")
29892 (t ".svn"))))
29893 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29894 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29895 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29897 ;;;***
29899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (20893
29900 ;;;;;; 60586 188550 0))
29901 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29902 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29903 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29905 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29906 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29908 Usage:
29909 ------
29911 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29912 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29913 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29914 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29916 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29917 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29918 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29919 completions.
29921 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29922 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29924 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29925 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29927 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29928 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29929 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29931 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29934 Maintenance:
29935 ------------
29937 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29938 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29940 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29942 Official distribution is at
29943 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29946 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29947 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29949 Key bindings:
29950 -------------
29952 \\{vera-mode-map}
29954 \(fn)" t nil)
29956 ;;;***
29958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29959 ;;;;;; (21124 45367 88860 0))
29960 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29962 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29963 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29964 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29965 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29966 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29968 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29970 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29971 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29973 Supports highlighting.
29975 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29976 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29978 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29980 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29981 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29982 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29983 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29984 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29985 on the left side of your screen.
29986 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29987 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29988 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29989 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29990 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29991 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29992 function keyword.
29993 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29994 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29995 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29996 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29997 if (a)
29998 begin
29999 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30000 Indentation for case statements.
30001 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30002 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30003 mark after an end.
30004 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30005 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30006 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30007 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30008 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30009 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30010 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30011 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30012 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30013 if (a)
30014 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30015 otherwise you get:
30016 if (a)
30017 begin
30018 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30019 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30020 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30021 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30022 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30023 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30024 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30025 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30026 comments in tight quarters.
30027 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30028 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30030 Variables controlling other actions:
30032 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30033 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30034 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30036 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30038 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30040 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30041 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30042 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30044 Some other functions are:
30046 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30047 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30048 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30049 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30050 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30052 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30053 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30054 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30055 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30057 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30058 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30059 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30060 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30061 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30062 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30063 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30064 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30065 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30066 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30067 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30068 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30069 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30070 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30071 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30072 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30073 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30074 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30075 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30076 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30077 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30078 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30079 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30080 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30081 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30082 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30083 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30084 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30085 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30086 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30087 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30089 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30090 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30092 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30094 \(fn)" t nil)
30096 ;;;***
30098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (20892
30099 ;;;;;; 39729 858825 0))
30100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30102 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30103 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30105 Usage:
30106 ------
30108 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30109 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30110 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30111 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30112 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30113 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30114 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30115 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30116 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30118 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30119 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30120 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30121 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30123 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30124 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30125 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30126 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30127 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30129 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30130 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30133 HEADER INSERTION:
30134 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30135 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30136 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30139 STUTTERING:
30140 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30141 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30142 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30143 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30145 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30146 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30147 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30148 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30149 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30152 WORD COMPLETION:
30153 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30154 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30155 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30156 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30158 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30159 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30160 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30161 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30162 beginning with \"std\").
30164 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30165 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30166 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30167 stop.
30170 COMMENTS:
30171 `--' puts a single comment.
30172 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30173 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30174 with a comment in between.
30175 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30176 out following lines.
30177 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30178 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30179 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30180 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30182 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30183 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30184 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30185 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30186 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30187 non-nil.
30189 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30190 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30191 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30192 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30193 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30194 multi-line comments.
30197 INDENTATION:
30198 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30199 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30200 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30201 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30202 the entire region.
30204 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30205 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30206 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30207 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30209 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30210 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30211 and vice versa.
30213 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30214 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30216 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30217 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30218 line.
30221 ALIGNMENT:
30222 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30223 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30224 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30225 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30226 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30227 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30228 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30229 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30231 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30232 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30233 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30234 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30235 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30236 is non-nil.
30238 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30239 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30240 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30242 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30243 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30246 CODE FILLING:
30247 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30248 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30249 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30250 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30251 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30252 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30255 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30256 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30257 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30258 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30259 command:
30261 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30264 PORT TRANSLATION:
30265 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30266 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30267 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30268 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30269 internal signal initializations (menu).
30271 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30272 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30273 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30275 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30276 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30277 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30278 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30279 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30280 in subsequent paste operations.)
30282 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30283 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30284 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30287 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30288 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30289 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30290 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30291 association list with formals).
30294 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30295 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30296 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30297 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30298 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30299 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30300 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30301 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30302 `vhdl-testbench'.
30305 KEY BINDINGS:
30306 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30309 VHDL MENU:
30310 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30313 FILE BROWSER:
30314 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30315 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30316 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30318 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30319 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30322 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30323 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30324 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30325 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30327 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30328 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30329 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30331 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30332 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30333 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30334 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30336 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30337 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30338 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30339 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30340 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30342 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30343 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30344 required by secondary units.
30347 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30348 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30349 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30350 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30351 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30352 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30353 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30354 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30355 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30356 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30357 inputs to this component -> input port created
30358 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30359 outputs from this component -> output port created
30360 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30361 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30363 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30364 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30365 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30366 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30367 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30369 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30370 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30372 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30373 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30374 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30375 component instantiation is also supported (option
30376 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30378 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30379 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30380 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30381 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30382 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30383 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30384 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30385 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30386 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30387 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30388 generating the configuration.
30390 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30391 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30392 configurations in speedbar.
30394 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30397 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30398 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30399 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30400 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30401 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30402 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30403 information. New compilers can be added.
30405 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30406 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30409 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30410 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30411 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30412 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30413 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30415 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30416 command:
30418 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30419 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30420 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30422 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30423 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30424 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30425 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30426 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30427 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30428 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30429 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30430 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30432 Limitations:
30433 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30434 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30435 not (yet) supported.
30436 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30437 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30438 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30441 PROJECTS:
30442 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30443 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30444 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30445 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30446 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30447 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30448 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30449 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30451 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30452 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30453 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30454 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30455 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30456 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30457 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30458 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30459 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30460 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30461 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30464 SPECIAL MENUES:
30465 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30466 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30467 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30468 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30469 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30470 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30471 current directory for VHDL source files.
30474 VHDL STANDARDS:
30475 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30476 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30479 KEYWORD CASE:
30480 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30481 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30482 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30483 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30484 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30485 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30486 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30487 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30490 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30491 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30492 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30493 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30494 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30495 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30496 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30498 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30499 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30500 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30501 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30502 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30503 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30505 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30506 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30507 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30508 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30509 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30510 visually.
30512 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30513 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30514 highlighted if written in lower case.
30516 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30517 highlighted using a different background color if option
30518 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30520 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30521 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30522 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30523 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30524 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30527 USER MODELS:
30528 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30529 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30530 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30533 HIDE/SHOW:
30534 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30535 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30536 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30537 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30538 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30541 CODE UPDATING:
30542 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30543 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30544 Limitations:
30545 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30546 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30547 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30548 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30549 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30550 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30551 (used to obtain the port names).
30552 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30553 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30554 sensitivity lists.
30557 CODE FIXING:
30558 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30559 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30562 PRINTING:
30563 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30564 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30565 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30566 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30567 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30568 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30569 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30570 printers.
30573 OPTIONS:
30574 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30575 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30576 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30577 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30578 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30580 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30581 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30582 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30583 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30584 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30585 INSTALL file).
30587 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30588 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30591 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30592 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30593 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30594 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30596 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30599 HINTS:
30600 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30601 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30603 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30605 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30607 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30610 RELEASE NOTES:
30611 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30614 Maintenance:
30615 ------------
30617 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30618 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30620 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30622 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30623 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30624 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30625 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30627 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30628 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30629 where the latest version can be found.
30632 Known problems:
30633 ---------------
30635 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30636 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30637 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30638 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30641 The VHDL Mode Authors
30642 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30644 Key bindings:
30645 -------------
30647 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30649 \(fn)" t nil)
30651 ;;;***
30653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20929 34089 117790
30654 ;;;;;; 0))
30655 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30657 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30658 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30659 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30660 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30662 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30663 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30664 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30665 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30666 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30668 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30669 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30671 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30673 * Limitations and unsupported features
30674 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30675 not supported.
30676 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30677 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30679 * Modifications
30680 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30681 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30682 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30683 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30684 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30685 for undoing a repeated change command.
30686 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30687 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30688 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30690 * Extensions
30691 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30692 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30693 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30694 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30695 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30696 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30697 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30698 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30700 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30702 \(fn)" t nil)
30704 ;;;***
30706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (20826
30707 ;;;;;; 45095 436233 0))
30708 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30710 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30711 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30713 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30715 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30716 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30717 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30718 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30720 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30722 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30723 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30725 \(fn)" t nil)
30727 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30728 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30729 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30730 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30732 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30734 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30735 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30737 \(fn)" t nil)
30739 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30742 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30744 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30747 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30749 ;;;***
30751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
30752 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30754 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30755 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30756 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30758 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30760 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30761 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30762 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30763 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30765 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30767 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30768 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30770 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30772 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30773 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30774 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30775 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30776 moving around in the buffer.
30777 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30778 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30780 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30782 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30784 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30785 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30786 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30787 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30789 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30790 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30791 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30792 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30793 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30795 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30797 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30799 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30800 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30801 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30802 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30803 buffer.
30805 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30806 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30807 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30808 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30809 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30811 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30813 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30815 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30816 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30817 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30818 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30819 moving around in the buffer.
30820 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30821 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30823 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30825 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30826 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30827 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30829 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30830 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30831 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30832 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30834 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30835 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30836 own View-like bindings.
30838 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30840 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30841 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30842 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30843 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30844 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30845 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30846 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30848 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30850 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30852 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30853 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30854 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30856 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30857 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30858 own View-like bindings.
30860 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30862 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30863 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30864 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30865 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30866 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30867 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30868 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30870 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30872 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30874 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30875 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30876 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30878 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30879 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30880 own View-like bindings.
30882 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30884 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30885 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30887 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30888 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30890 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30891 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30892 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30893 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30895 \\<view-mode-map>
30897 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30898 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30899 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30900 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30901 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30902 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30903 to a repeat count of one.
30905 H, h, ? This message.
30906 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30907 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30908 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30909 > move to the end of buffer.
30910 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30911 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30912 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30913 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30914 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30915 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30916 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30917 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30918 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30919 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30920 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30921 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30922 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30923 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30924 Use this to view a changing file.
30925 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30926 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30927 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30928 . set the mark.
30929 x exchanges point and mark.
30930 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30931 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30932 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30933 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30934 ' go to position saved in character register.
30935 s do forward incremental search.
30936 r do reverse incremental search.
30937 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30938 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30939 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30940 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30941 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30942 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30943 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30944 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30945 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30946 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30947 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30948 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30949 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30950 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30951 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30952 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30953 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30955 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30956 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30957 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30958 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30959 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30960 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30961 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30962 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30963 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30965 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30969 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30970 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30971 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30972 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30973 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30974 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30975 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30976 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30977 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30979 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30981 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30983 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30984 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30985 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30986 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30987 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30988 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30990 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30991 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30992 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30994 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30996 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30998 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31000 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31001 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31003 \(fn)" t nil)
31005 ;;;***
31007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20929 34089 117790
31008 ;;;;;; 0))
31009 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31011 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31012 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31014 \(fn)" nil nil)
31016 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31017 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31019 \(fn)" t nil)
31021 ;;;***
31023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (20954 37295 781599
31024 ;;;;;; 0))
31025 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31026 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31028 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31029 Toggle Viper on/off.
31030 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31032 \(fn)" t nil)
31034 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31035 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31037 \(fn)" t nil)
31039 ;;;***
31041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (20709
31042 ;;;;;; 26818 907104 0))
31043 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31045 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31046 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31047 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31048 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31049 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31050 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31051 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31052 the beginning of the warning.")
31054 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31055 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31056 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31057 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31058 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31059 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31060 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31061 also call that function before the next warning.")
31063 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31064 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31066 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31067 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31068 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31069 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31071 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31072 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31073 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31074 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31075 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31076 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31078 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31079 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31080 Default is :warning.
31082 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31083 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31084 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31085 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31086 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31087 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31089 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31090 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31091 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31093 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31095 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31096 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31098 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31100 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31101 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31102 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31103 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31105 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31106 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31107 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31108 can be whatever you like.)
31110 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31111 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31113 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31114 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31115 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31116 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31117 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31119 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31121 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31122 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31123 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31124 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31125 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31127 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31129 ;;;***
31131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21049 14338 391345 0))
31132 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31133 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31135 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31136 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31137 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31138 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31139 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31140 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31141 directories to reflect your edits.
31143 See `wdired-mode'.
31145 \(fn)" t nil)
31147 ;;;***
31149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20927 49244 970422
31150 ;;;;;; 0))
31151 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31153 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31154 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31156 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31157 hotlist.
31159 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31160 <nwv@acm.org>.
31162 \(fn)" t nil)
31164 ;;;***
31166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (20895
31167 ;;;;;; 15912 444844 0))
31168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31169 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31170 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31172 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31174 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31175 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31176 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31177 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31178 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31179 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31181 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31183 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31184 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31185 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31186 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31187 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31189 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31190 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31191 in certain major modes.
31193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31195 ;;;***
31197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20986 60038 720063
31198 ;;;;;; 0))
31199 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31200 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31202 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31203 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31204 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31205 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31206 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31208 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31209 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31213 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31214 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31215 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31216 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31217 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31219 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31220 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31221 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31222 use `whitespace-mode'.
31224 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31228 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31229 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31230 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31231 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31232 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31233 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31235 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31237 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31238 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31239 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31240 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31241 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31243 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31244 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31248 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31249 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31250 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31251 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31252 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31253 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31255 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31257 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31258 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31259 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31260 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31261 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31263 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31264 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31265 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31266 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31268 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31272 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31273 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31275 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31276 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31278 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31279 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31281 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31283 CHAR MEANING
31284 (VIA FACES)
31285 f toggle face visualization
31286 t toggle TAB visualization
31287 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31288 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31289 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31290 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31291 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31292 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31293 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31294 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31295 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31296 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31297 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31298 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31299 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31300 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31301 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31303 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31304 T toggle TAB visualization
31305 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31306 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31308 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31309 ? display brief help
31311 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31312 The valid symbols are:
31314 face toggle face visualization
31315 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31316 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31317 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31318 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31319 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31320 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31321 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31322 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31323 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31324 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31325 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31326 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31327 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31328 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31329 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31330 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31332 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31333 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31334 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31336 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31338 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31340 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31342 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31343 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31345 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31346 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31348 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31349 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31351 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31353 CHAR MEANING
31354 (VIA FACES)
31355 f toggle face visualization
31356 t toggle TAB visualization
31357 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31358 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31359 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31360 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31361 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31362 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31363 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31364 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31365 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31366 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31367 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31368 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31369 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31370 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31371 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31373 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31374 T toggle TAB visualization
31375 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31376 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31378 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31379 ? display brief help
31381 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31382 The valid symbols are:
31384 face toggle face visualization
31385 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31386 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31387 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31388 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31389 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31390 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31391 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31392 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31393 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31394 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31395 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31396 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31397 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31398 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31399 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31400 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31402 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31403 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31404 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31406 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31408 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31410 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31412 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31413 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31415 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31416 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31417 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31418 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31419 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31421 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31423 The problems cleaned up are:
31425 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31426 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31427 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31428 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31430 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31431 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31432 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31433 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31434 SPACEs.
31435 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31436 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31437 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31438 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31440 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31441 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31442 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31443 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31444 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31445 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31446 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31447 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31449 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31450 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31451 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31453 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31454 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31455 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31456 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31457 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31458 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31459 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31460 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31462 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31463 documentation.
31465 \(fn)" t nil)
31467 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31468 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31470 The problems cleaned up are:
31472 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31473 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31474 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31475 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31476 SPACEs.
31477 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31478 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31479 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31480 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31482 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31483 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31484 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31485 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31486 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31487 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31488 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31489 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31491 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31492 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31493 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31495 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31496 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31497 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31498 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31499 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31500 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31501 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31502 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31504 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31505 documentation.
31507 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31509 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31510 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31512 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31513 non-nil.
31515 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31516 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31517 `whitespace-style' to have:
31519 empty
31520 trailing
31521 indentation
31522 space-before-tab
31523 space-after-tab
31525 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31526 whitespace problems in buffer.
31528 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31530 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31531 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31532 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31533 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31534 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31535 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31536 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31538 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31539 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31540 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31541 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31542 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31543 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31544 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31546 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31547 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31548 cleaning up these problems.
31550 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31552 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31553 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31555 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31556 non-nil.
31558 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31559 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31560 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31562 empty
31563 indentation
31564 space-before-tab
31565 trailing
31566 space-after-tab
31568 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31569 whitespace problems in buffer.
31571 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31573 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31574 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31575 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31576 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31577 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31578 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31579 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31581 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31582 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31583 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31584 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31585 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31586 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31587 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31589 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31590 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31591 cleaning up these problems.
31593 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31595 ;;;***
31597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20709 26818 907104
31598 ;;;;;; 0))
31599 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31601 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31602 Browse the widget under point.
31604 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31606 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31607 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31609 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31611 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31612 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31614 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31616 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31617 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31618 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31619 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31620 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31624 ;;;***
31626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20959 55207 940876
31627 ;;;;;; 0))
31628 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31630 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31631 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31633 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31635 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31636 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31637 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31639 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31641 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31642 Create widget of TYPE.
31643 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31645 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31647 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31648 Delete WIDGET.
31650 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31652 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31653 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31655 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31657 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31658 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31659 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31660 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31662 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31663 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31665 \(fn)" nil nil)
31667 ;;;***
31669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (20709 26818 907104
31670 ;;;;;; 0))
31671 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31673 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31674 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31675 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31676 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31677 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31678 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31679 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31683 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31684 Select the window above the current one.
31685 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31686 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31687 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31688 negative ARG) of the current window.
31689 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31693 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31694 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31695 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31696 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31697 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31698 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31699 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31703 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31704 Select the window below the current one.
31705 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31706 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31707 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31708 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31709 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31713 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31714 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31715 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31716 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31718 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31720 ;;;***
31722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
31723 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31725 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31726 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31727 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31728 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31729 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31730 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31732 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31734 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31735 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31736 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31737 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31738 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31739 \\{winner-mode-map}
31741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31743 ;;;***
31745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (20999 25770 522517 0))
31746 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31747 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31749 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31750 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31751 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31752 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31753 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31755 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31757 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31758 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31759 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31760 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31761 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31762 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31763 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31764 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31766 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31767 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31769 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31771 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31772 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31774 \(fn)" t nil)
31776 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31777 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31778 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31779 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31780 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31781 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31782 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31783 `woman' command for further details.
31785 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31787 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31788 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31790 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31792 ;;;***
31794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" (21040 17194
31795 ;;;;;; 398147 0))
31796 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31797 (push (purecopy '(ws-mode 0 7)) package--builtin-versions)
31799 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31800 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31802 BUGS:
31803 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31804 are not implemented
31805 - Options for search and replace
31806 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31807 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31809 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31810 Emacs-like.
31812 \(fn)" t nil)
31814 ;;;***
31816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21002 1963 769129 0))
31817 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31819 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31820 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31821 Return the top node with all its children.
31822 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31824 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31825 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31826 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31828 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31830 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31831 namespace to URIs instead.
31833 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31834 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31836 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31838 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31840 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31842 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31843 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31844 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31845 not contain well-formed XML.
31847 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31848 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31849 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31850 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31851 element of the list.
31852 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31853 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31854 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31856 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31858 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31859 namespace to URIs instead.
31861 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31862 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31864 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31866 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31868 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31870 ;;;***
31872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21075 56234 349623
31873 ;;;;;; 0))
31874 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31876 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31877 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31878 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31879 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31880 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31881 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31882 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31883 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31884 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31885 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31887 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31889 ;;;***
31891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20797 44848 327754
31892 ;;;;;; 0))
31893 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31895 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31896 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31897 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31898 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31899 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31900 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31902 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31904 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31905 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31906 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31907 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31908 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31910 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31911 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31912 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31913 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31914 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31915 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31919 ;;;***
31921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
31922 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31924 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31925 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31927 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31929 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31930 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31932 \(fn)" nil nil)
31934 ;;;***
31936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (20992 52525 458637 0))
31937 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31939 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31940 Zone out, completely.
31942 \(fn)" t nil)
31944 ;;;***
31946 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/helpers.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
32114 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32115 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32116 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
32117 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
32118 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
32119 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el"
32120 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32121 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
32122 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32123 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
32124 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
32125 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
32126 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
32127 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
32128 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
32129 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
32130 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
32131 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
32132 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
32133 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
32134 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
32135 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32136 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32137 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32138 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
32139 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
32140 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el"
32141 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32142 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
32143 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32144 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32145 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32146 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32147 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32148 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21147 7118 261519
32149 ;;;;;; 169000))
32151 ;;;***
32153 (provide 'loaddefs)
32154 ;; Local Variables:
32155 ;; version-control: never
32156 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32157 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32158 ;; coding: utf-8
32159 ;; End:
32160 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here